TM 2_Tape_Transport_Technical_Manual_Aug62 2 Tape Transport Technical Manual Aug62
TM-2_Tape_Transport_Technical_Manual_Aug62 manual pdf -FilePursuit
TM-2_Tape_Transport_Technical_Manual_Aug62 TM-2_Tape_Transport_Technical_Manual_Aug62
User Manual: TM-2_Tape_Transport_Technical_Manual_Aug62
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 283
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
AUGUST 31, 1962
CECEMBER 19S1 -
31 01959 10 REV.
IPB
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FOR
TM .. e
TAPE TRANSPDRT
AMPEX CORPORATION
COMPUTER PROCUCTS COMPANY
P. O. BOX 329, CULVER CITY, CALIFORNIA
COFlYRIGHT @ 'I9S2 BY
AMPEX CORPORATION • COMPUTER PRODUCTS COMPANY
B
TABLE DF CDNTENTS
Section
I
DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS • • • • • • •
• • •
1-1
General Description . • • • ••
•• • • •
1-3
Selective and Optional Features
•••
1-4
Tape Transport •
. • • • • • • • • • • • •
1-12
Head Assembly • • . . • • • • • • • •
1-14
Photosense.............
1-16
Transport Electronics Assembly .
1-18
Manual Control Panel •
••.•
1-20
Voltage Regulator
••••••
1~22
Cooling Fan. • • • • •
• •.•
1-24
Functional Description
!.........
1-33
Specifications....
•••• •
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-9
II
INSTALLATION • • • .
•.•
•. . . • • • . • •
2-1
Selection of Location
• • • .
• • • .
2-7
Uncrating......
•••• • • . • • •
2-12
Mounting (Custom Installations) •
•••••
2-13
Cabling.............
• • • •
2-15
Head Cable Connections • • . . • • • • • • • •
2-18
Printed Circuit Cards • • . • • • • • • • • •
2-20
Initial Checkout • . . • • • • • • • • • • • •
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-4
• • . • • .
OPERATION. • • • • . . • •
3-1
General.......
•• •
3~3
Operating Controls • . • • • • • .
3-5
Threading Tape Leader • • . • . • • • • • • •
3-9
Installing Supply Reel • . • • • . • •
3-11
Manual Operation • • • • • • •
• • • . • •
3-16
Automatic Operation • • • • • • .
•• • •
3-19
Removing Supply Reel •
• • • • • .
3-21
Interlocks................
3-24
Preparing Tape Indicators • • • • • • •
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-4
3-6
3-7
3-7
3-8
3-9
CHECKOUT AND ADJUSTMENT. • • •
••• •
••• •
4-1
General........
• •••••
4-4
Checking Tape Tracking
••••••••••
4-5
Checking Tape Packer Alignment
• • • •
4-6
Checking Capstan Roller Adjustment • • • •
4-7
Capstan Roller Adjustment • • • • • • • • •
'4-8
Measuring Actuator Throw •
4-9
Checki~g Start/Stop Time • • • • •
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-3
4-4
III
IV
2-9
2-10
2-13
2-13
iii
Section
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
Checking Start/Stop Distance • • • • • • • • •
Checking and Adjusting Vacuum • • •
Aligning Chamber Guides • • • • • • • •
Adjusting Reel Servos • • • • • • • • • •
Checking Reel Hold-Down Operation and
Torque (Ampex Ree 1 s) • • • • • • • • •
Adjusting Hold-Down Knob Torque (NARTB)
Reels Only • • • • •
Checking Actuator Firing Circuitry
••••
Aligning the Tape Packers. •
• • • • • • •
Adjusting Vacuum Swi tch
• • • • • • • • •
Checking Capstan Drive Belt • • • • • • • •
Adjusting Reel Motor Brakes • •
Checking Photosense Operation • • • • • • •
Photosense Installation Kit 310108210 • • • • •
Photosense Installation Kit 310108010 • • • • •
Photosense Installation Kit 310108110.
Photosense Amplifier Adjustment.
...
J
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
v
•
•
•
•
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION • • • • • • •
5-1
General........
• ••
5-3
Tape Transport • • • •
• • •
5-27
Transport Electronics Assembly •
5-39
Manual Control Panel, CU-800
Photosense Unit.
5-41
·...
·...
·............
..
·······
. ·· · · · . · · · · · ·
·
..·.
···
····
···
·
·
·
·
·····
4-5
4-7
4-8
4~8
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-12
4-12
4-14
4-14
4-14
4-15
4-15
4-15
4-15
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-8
5-11
5-12
VI
ELECTRICAL OPERATION
Basis of Discussion.
6-1
Actuator Control
6-4
·37
Servo System
Manual Control Panel
6-60
Photosense Unit.
6-84
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-11
6-'17
6-22
VII
MAINTENANCE. • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
7-1
General • • • • • • • • • • • • •
7-4
Preventive Maintenance Schedule.
Maintenance Operations • • •
• ••••
7-6
Cleaning the Tape Transport. • • • • •
7-7
Degaussing Head Assembly
•••••
7-8
Cleaning Rack. • • • • • • •
• • •
7-9
Replacing Air Filters. • • •
• ••••••
7-10
7~11
Replacing'T~pe Packer Arm Shoes • • • •
Replacing Thyratrons • • • • • • • • • • • • •
7-12
Replacing Vacuum Tubes • • • • • • • • • • • •
7-13
Replacing Vacuum Blower Motor Brushes • • • • •
7-14
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-4
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-6
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-8
iv
Section
7-15
7-16
7-17
7-18
7-19
7-20
7-21
7-22
7-23
7-24
7-25
7-26
7-27
7-28
7-29
7-30
7-31
7-32
7-33
7-34
7-35
7-36
Replacing Capstan Roller Assemblies,
Replacing Capstan Assemblies,
Replacing Actuators • • • •
• • •
Replacing Capstan Drive Belt • • • • • • •
Replacing Chamber Guides. • • •
• ••
Replacing Reel Motor Brushes. • • •
• ••
Replacing Positive Pressure Blower • • • •
Replacing the Tape Packer Switch Assemblies •
Replacing Reel Motors • • • • • • • • • • • •
Replacing Capstan Drive Motor •
• • •
Replacing Reel Brakes • • • • • • • • • •
Replacing Vacuum Chambers • • •
• • •
Replacing Read/Write Head Assembly • • • •
Replacing Photosense Head • • • • • • • •
Replacing Photosense Electronics Unit • • • •
Photosense Kit Installation •
• • • • • •
Replacing capstan Quad Ring • • • • • • • • •
Replacing E lapsed Time Meter. • • •
• • •
Replacing Servo Oscillator Assembly •
Replacing Head Cable and Box Assembly • • • •
Replacing Transducers and Loop Warning
Switches • • • • • • •
Replacing Vacuum Piping • • • • • •
Troubleshooting Chart • •
Maintenance Tools • • • • • • • •
7-8
7-9
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-11
7-12
7-13
7-14
7-14
7-15
7-16
7-16
7-16
7-17
7-18
7-18
7-18
7-19
7-20
7-20
7-25
VIII
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS.
8-1
IX
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN' •
9-1
Introduction • • • • •
9-1
9-1
LIST DF ILLUSTRATIONS
Title
Figure
SECTION I
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS
Tape Transport • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Head Assembly. • • • • • • • •
Transport Electronics Assembly • • • • • • • • • • •
Manual Control Panel • • • • •
Voltage Regulator • • • • • • • • • • • •
Instantaneous Speed Variation • • • • • • • • • • • •
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-11
v
Title
Figure
SECTION II -- INSTALLATION
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
Dimensions and Clearances, Ampex Cabinet Rack • •
Tape Transport Mounting • • • • • • • • •
Transport Electronics Assembly Mounting • • • • •
Manual Control Panel Mounting • • • • • • • • • •
Voltage Regulator Mounting • • • • • • • • • • • •
Cabling Diagram • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • •
Typical Control Circuitry •
• • • • • • • • •
Head Cable Connections. •
•• • •
• •••••
..0 ..
2-3
2-5
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-11
2-12
2-14
SECTION III -- OPERATION
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
Operating Controls, Manual Control Panel • •
Tape Threading Path • •
Mounting a Supply Reel • • • • • • • • •
Connecting Leaders • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Placement of Photosense Tabs on Tape • •
3-1
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-9
SECTION IV -- CHECKOUT AND ADJUSTMENT
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
Capstan Roller Adjustment Points. •
• ••
Test Setup; start/stop Time Measurement
• • •
Typical Waveforms, Start/Stop Time. • •
• .•
Test Setup, start/Stop Distance Measurement • . . . •
Vacuum Test Assembly . . . • . . .
Vacuum Level Adjustment Points • •
Tape Guide Adjustment Points.
Adjusting Servo Gain • • • • •
Adjusting Servo Transducer • •
Adjusting Loop Warning Switch • •
Reel Brake Adjustment Points • • •
·.....
SECTION V
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
vi
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
....
····....
··
····
····
····
······
Interconnection of Units
Tape Transport, Front View
Tape Transport, Rear View
Head Assembly
Transport Electronics Assembly.
Manual Control Panel.
·····
. . . . . . ·· · · · · ··
. . · · · ·· · ·
./
4-2
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-8
4-9
4-9
4-10
4-13
4-14
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-7
5-9
5-12
Figure
Title
SECTION VI -- ELECTRICAL OPERATION
6-1
6-2a
6-2b
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
Forward Actuator Circuit (Simplified)
Wave shape , Anode of V404. • • • • •
• ••
Waveshapes, C107/Anode of V404. • • • • •
• •••
Wave shape , Diecharge Current C107 •
• ••
Waveshapes, Cathode/Grid V104 • • •
• ••••••
Waveshapes, Typical AC-400 Input/Resulting Pulse • • •
Forward Actuator Control (Partial Schematic). • • • •
Forward Interlock Circuit (Simplified) • • • • • • • •
Block Diagram, Reel· Servo System. • • •
•••••
Block Diagram, Servo Oscillator OSC-700 • • • • . • •
Wave shape , Typical Oscillator output. • •
• •••
Demodulator SA-500 (Partial Schematic). • . . • • • •
Servo Motor Power supply (Simplified) • • • • • • • •
Block Diagram, Photosense Electronics • . • •
Photosense D-C Amplifier • . . • . • • • •
Photosense Schmitt Trigger . . . . . •
Photosense output Circuit . • • . • • • • . .
Photosense Alternate output Circuit •
Photosense Phantastron Circuit • • • • • • • •
6-2
6-4
6-4
6-4
6-5
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-12
6-14
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-23
6-24
·6-25
6-25
6-27
6-27
SECTION VII -- MAINTENANCE
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
Cleaning Head Assembly . .
Cleaning Sensing Slots.
Head Demagnetization . • •
Capstan Drive Belt Path
Measuring capstan Drive Belt Tension.
Adjusting Capstan Drive Belt Tension.
SECTION VIII
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
8-6
8-7
8-8
8-9
8-10
8-11
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Schematic
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
Diagram,
--
7-5
7-5
7-6
7-10
7-10
7-11
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
....··
Tape Transport
Composite Control System
Composite Actuator Control
Actuator Control Unit AC-400
Composite Servo System
Servo Oscillator OSC-700
Servo Amplifier SA-500
Electronics·Power Supply PS-100.
Servo Motor Power Supply PS-200.
Connector Chassis CC-300
Manual Control Panel CU-800.
· · · · ·
· · · ·
· · ·
· ·
· · ·· ·
· · · · · ·
·
·
···
· · ·
8-1
8-3
8-5
8-7
8-9
8-11
8-13
8-15
8-17
8-19
8-21
vii
Figure
Title
8-12
Schematic Diagram, Photosense Base Card (Used with
Photosense Kits 310107910 and 310108110) •
Schematic Diagram, Photosense Base Card (Used with
Photosense Kits 310108010 and 310108310) •
Schematic Diagram, Photosense Base Card (Used with
Photosense Kit 310108210)
Schematic Diagram, Photosense Power Supply • • • • •
Schematic Diagram, Photosense Chassis Wiring (Used
with Photosense Kits 310107910, 310108010,
and 310108110). • • • • • • ~ • • • • • • • • •
Schematic Diagram, Photosense Chassis Wiring (Used
with Photosense Kit 310108210). • • • • • • • •
Schematic Diagram, Photosense Chassis Wiring (Used
with Photosense Kit 310108310). . • • • • • . •
8-13
8-14
8-15
8-16
8-17
8-18
8-23
8-25
8-27
8-29
8-31
8-33
8-35
SECTION IX -- ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
9-1
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-5
9-5
9-6
9-7
9-8
9-8
9-9
9-10
9-11
9-12
9-13
9-14
9-15
9-16
9-16
9-17
9-17
viii
················
TM-2 Tape Transport
TM-2 Tape Transport Final Assembly (Sheet 1 of 3)
TM-2 Tape Transport Final Assembly (Sheet 2 of 3)
TM-2 Tape Transport Finai Assembly (Sheet 3 of 3)
Read/Write Head Assemblies.
Head Cable and Box
Photosense System (Sheet 1 of 3) •
Photosense System (Sheet 2 of 3) •
Photosense System (Sheet 3 of 3) •
Positive Pressure Filter Assembly
Vacuum Blower and Elapsed Time Meter.
Supply Reel, Take-Up Reel, and Reel Mo·tors
(Sheet 1 of 2) •
Supply Reel, Take-Up Reel, and Reel Motors
(Sheet 2 of 2) •
Capstan Drive Motor Assembly.
Positive Pressure Blower.
Upper Servo Control
Lower Servo Control
Oscillator and Housing.
Reel Brakes
Vacuum Chambers
Precision Plate (Sheet 1 of 2) •
Precision Plate (Sheet 2 of 2) •
Cable, Switches, Vacuum Tubing, and Main Frame
(Sheet 1 of 2) •
Cable, Switches, Vacuum Tubing, and Main Frame
(Sheet 2 of 2) •
· · · · · · ·
· ·· · ····
· ··
·
·
·
···
······
······
· · ··
············
·····
···
·
·
·
....·
..·
·
·
·
·
····
··
·····
·····
····
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
··
······
······
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
· ·
· ·
····
·· ·
· ··
····
·· ·
···
..
·
·
··
· · ·
·· ·
·· ···
······
9-3
9-4
9-6
9-8
9-12
9-14
9-18
9-20
9-22
9-30
9-32
9-36
·
·
·
·
9-38
9-40
9-44
9-48
9-52
9-56
9-60
9-64
9-68
9-70
9-76
9-78
Figure'
9-18
9-19
9-20
9-20
9-21
9-22
9-22
9-23
9-24
9-2S
9-26
Title
Transport Access Door • • • ' • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Transport Electronics Assembly • • • • • • • • • • • •
Electronics Power Supply PS-100 (Sheet 1 of 2) • • • •
Electronics Power Supply PS-100 (Sheet 2 of 2) • • • •
Servo Motor Power Supply PS-200 • • • • • • • • • •
Connector Chassis CC-300 (Sheet 1 of 2). • • • • •
Connector Chassis CC-300 (Sheet 2 of 2). • • • • • • •
Actuator Control Unit AC-400
••••
• • •
Servo Amplifier SA-SOO • • • •
Mahual Control Panel • • • •
Cabinet and Dolly Assemblies
9-82
9-86
9-90
9-92
9-98
9-102
9-104
9-106
9-110
9-114
9-120
LOST DF TABLES
Table
Title
SECTION I -- DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
··
··
··
·
·
. . . . . · ··
......··
Operating Characteristics.
Program Limits
Stop Delays.
Input-power Requirements
..···
·
·
·
· .. · · ·
···
···
· ···
··
···
·
·
·
1-9
1':"12
1-13
1-15
SECTION II -- INSTALLATION
2-1
Physical Dimensions • • •
2-1
SECTION IV -- CHECKOUT AND ADJUSTMENT
4-1
Start and Stop Distances • • •
4-6
ix
SECTION I
DESCRlp·TION / SPECIFICATIDNS
1-1.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION.
1-2. The Ampex Series TM-2 tape. transport is designed for use in the
digital da~a systems. The transport consists basically of two assemblies:
a tape transport assembly and a transport electronics
assembly.
1-3. SELECTIVE.AND OPTIONAL FEATURES. Tape transports are available
for use with ~-inch .or I-inch tape, on Ampex or IBM-compatible reels.'
A choice of tape speeds is also permissible. The inclusion of· a
transport access door, manua.l control panel,· and photosense uni t for
. detecting beginning or end of tape is determined by customer require~
ments.
1-4.
TAPE TRANSPORT.
. (Figure 1-1.)
1-5. The function'of the tape transport. is to move' the magnetic tape,
in response to .command signals, across the write and read.heads so
that information may be recorded on, or read from, the tape. The
tape is driven by two counter-rotating capstans and capstan rollers.
Rapid changes in tape speed and directions are facilitated by storing
tape in vacuum chambers adjace'nt to the capstans. The inertia of the
storage reels is thus isolated from the tape drive system, and only
the mass of the tape in the drive area need be accelerated or decelerated. The vacuum chambers also provide sensing elements for a
servo system which seeks to maintain a nominally constant length of
tape in each chamber.
1-6. A dual-speed, hysteresis-synchronous motor is used to drive
both capstans through a belt and pulley arrangement. The higher tape
speed i$ used in 'the FAST FORWARD and FAST REVERSE (REWIND) modes.
1-7. Tape is guided across the write and read heads by guides integral to the head assembly. Other tape guiding elements are located
at the entrances and exits of the vacuum chambe'rs, and at the supply
and take-up reels. Tape packer arms, functioning with the supply and
take-up reels, ensure smooth tape packing.
,1-8.
A vacuum blower, mounted on the rear of the tape transport, is
connected through air ducts to the vacuum chambers. This system provides proper tape tensioning, operates in conjunction with trans~
ducers to indicate the length of the tape loop within each of the
chambers, and· maintains a smooth tape loop configuration in the
chambers, without danger of folding or kinking.
1-1
1-9. The tape transport is intended to operate with a closed access
door. Transports with Ampex-supplied doors (optional) are equipped
with an interlock switch to disable the transport while the door is
open. A positive pressure blower, mounted on the rear of the transport maintains a slight increase over atmospheric pressure between the
transport and the door to exclude dust.
1-10. Tape is threaded on the transport by means of a permanent
leader, attached to the take-up reel, which is manually connected to
each new reel of tape mounted on the supply reel hub. other features
of the transport include sensing devices which stop the tape motion
upon contact with the beginning-of-reel or end-of-reel leaders; a
write lockout switch, actuated by a ring placed on the supply reel hub
and interlock circuitry to prevent
tape motion when the tape threading
clamp is in the closed position.
1-11. The tape transport may be
supplied hinge-mounted to the left
side of the rack or cabinet, permitting the unit to be swung open
for ease of inspection, maintenance
or service.
1-12.
HEAD ASSEMBLY.
(Figure 1-2.)
1-13. The head assembly is mounted
on the tape transport and performs
the actual read and/or write function with respect to the tape.
Head assemblies consist of a head
mounting plate and head stacks; the
exact number and configuration of
stacks depends on the tape width,
track arrangement, and type of
head.
1-14.
Figure 1-1.
1-2
Tape Transport ,
PHOTOSENSE.
1-15. This optional feature is
accomplished by a device which detects reflective markers affixed
to the mylar side of the tape.
It
provides signals to external control circuitry indicating the
approach of the beginning or end
of the tape.
The device is comprised of two units:
the head, mounted
on the vacuum chamber associated with the supply reel, and the electronics chassis, mounted on the "rear of the tape transport.
1-16.
TRANSPORT ELECTRONICS ASSEMBLY.
(F igure 1-3)
1-17. The transport electronics assembly is composed of those ele ctronic units required for operation of the tape transpor t. Mounted
in this assembly are an actuator power supply, a servo motor (reel
motor) power supply, a connector chassis, an actuator control circuit
board, and a dual servo amplifier circuit board.
These elements, in
conjunction with transducers, switches, and circuitry mounted on the
tape transport, exercise complete control over the tape unit i n
accordance with signals generated by the manual control panel or by
external equipment.
1-18.
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL.
(Figure 1-4.)
1-19. The manual control panel is used when local control of the
tape transport is required, or when it is desired to remove the
transport from the control of exter nal equipment for maintenance procedures. Although the manual control panel is an optional accessory,
equivalent control circuitry must be provided if no manual control
panel is supplied.
Figure 1-2.
Head Assembly
Figure 1-3.
Transport Electronics Assembly
1-3
1-20.
VOLTAGE REGULATOR.
(Figure l-5.)
1-21. The voltage regulator is used to provide a stabilized ac voltage to the vacuum blower, the servo oscillator and the servo amplifier power transformer.
1-22.
COOLING FAN.
1-23. Units supplied with an Ampex rack cabinet are equipped with a
cooling fan mounted in the top of the cabinet. This fan exhausts
heated air at the top of the cabinet, drawing cold air through louvers
at the bottom to cool the tape transport.
1-24.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
1-25. To facilitate a general discussion of machine operation, the
following terminology will be used throughout this instruction manual:
Off Mode
Equipment not in operation.
applied to the equipment.
No commands have been given and no power
Standby Mode
Primary power (117 vac) has been applied to the equipment.
"ANDlY
ON
AUf0
MAHUA.l
'AI!
It.
"'"
PWO
Of'
Figure 1-4.
1-4
Manual Control Panel
All
interna.l or e xter n a l interlocks and time delays are complete and the
capst~ns are turning.
The supply and take-up reels are locked in posi~
tion by the reel brakes, and the ' servo systems, which seek to maintain
n ominally constant length loops in the vacuum chambers, are , disabled.
A power ON indicator on the manual control panel is illuminated.
Manual Ready Mode
Similar to the Standby mode except that the MODE SELECTOR switch on
the manual control panel, or similar external switch, has been placed
in the MANUAL position. The reel brakes are released and the vacuum
chambers ac tivated. Manual commands will control the tape mot i on.
Automatic Ready Mode
Similar to the Manual Ready mode except that the MODE SELECTOR switch
on the manual con trol panel, or similar external switch, has been
placed in the AUTO position. Tape motion may be initiated by
automatic commands.
Forward Drive Mode
Equipment which was in one of the Ready modes has been given a
Forward Start command. The tape has been engaged betwee n the forward
- --------:..--:,.--."..--~-------------- ..-- .....
-'-
Figure 1-5.
Voltage Regulator
1-5
capstan and capstan 'roller and is moving from the supply reel to the
take-up reel at the nominal drive speed.
Reverse Drive Mode
Equipment which was in one of the Ready modes has been given a
Reverse start command. The tape has been engaged between the reverse
capstan and capstan roller and is moving from the take-up reel to the
file reel at the nominal drive speed.
Fast Drive Mode
Identical to the Forward and Reverse Drive modes except that the
equipment has also been given a Fast command. The tape moves at
twice the nominal drive speed.
Forward start Command
This command may be effected by the following means:
1)
With the system in the Manual Ready mode, place the MANUAL
CONTROL switch in the FWD position.
2)
When a manual control panel is not used, ground the FORWARD
ON terminal through external equipment or apply a positivegoing voltage to the FORWARD AUTO terminal.
3)
With the system in the Automatic Ready mode,. apply a positivegoing voltage to the FORWARD AUTO terminal.
Reverse start Command
This command may be effected by the following means:
1-6
1)
With the system in the Manual Ready mode, operate the MANUAL
CONTROL switch to the REV position.
2)
When a manual control panel is not used, ground the REVERSE
ON terminal through external equipment or apply a positivegoing voltage to the REVERSE AUTO terminal.
3)
With the system in the Automatic Ready mode, apply a positivegoing voltage to the REVERSE AUTO terminal.
Fast Command
This command may be effected by .the following means:
1)
With the system in the Manual Ready mode, place the MANUAL
CONTROL switch in the FAST FWD or FAST REV position
(depending on the desired tape direction) •
2)
With the system in the Automatic Ready mode, or when a manual
control panel is not used, connect the 24v supply to the
terminal. A tape start command must also be given.
stop Command
This command may be effected by the following means:
1)
with the system operating in the Manual mode (forward or
reverse, normal or fast tape speeds), place the MANUAL
CONTROL switch in the STOP position. The system will now be
in the Manual Ready mode.
2)
With the system operating in the Automatic mode, remove any
commands previously applied to the FORWARD or REVERSE AUTO
terminals. Any previously applied FAST command should also
be removed.
3)
When a manual control panel is not used, remove any commands
previously applied to the FORWARD or REVERSE AUTO terminals,
remove a ground previously applied to an ON terminal, and
apply a ground to a FORWARD OFF or REVERSE OFF terminal
through external equipment.
When a stop command is given during a fast mode any sUbsequent Start
command must be delayed until the capstan speed has returned to
normal.
NOTE
Programming limitations for the command
signals mentioned above will be found
under specifications in this section.
(Refer to paragraph 1-33.)
1-26. The following description shows the application of a series of
commands to the system.
1-7
1-27. Assume that the tape transport is in either the Manual Ready
or Automatic Ready mode, power is applied to the system, and all interlocks and time delays are completed. The reel brakes are released
and the servos activated to maintain approximately 30 inches of tape
in each vacuum chamber.
1-28. The transport receives a Forward start command. The actuator
control circuitry in the electronics assembly applies a pulse to the
ON winding Of the,forward actuator.' This actuator moves the forward
capstan roller to engage the tape with the forward capstan and the
tape is driven past the heads at a rate determined by the capstan
speed, while the reel drive servos maintain the correct length of tape
in the vacuum chambers. The tape will continue to move forward until
a Forward stop command is received in the control electronics assembly~
At this time the actuator control unit will pulse the actuator OFF
winding, moving the capstan roller, once more, to its open position.
1-29. As the capstan roller moves away from the capstan, a tape
brake mounted on the opposite end of the capstan roller assembly from
the capstan roller briefly presses against the tape, which is supported by a metal brake post. This overcomes the inertia presented by
the tape and aids in halting tape motion. The equipment is now ready
to accept another command signal.
(It should be noted that the tape
motion across the heads is not stopped by the reel motors. The reel
motors are stopped by dynamic braking under the control of the reel
servo systems.)
,
1-30. When the equipment is in the Forward Drive mode, the capstan is
removing tape from the supply (left) vacuum chamber and adding it to
the take-up (right) vacuum chamber. The result is a tendency for the
loop in the left chamber to diminish in size while the loop in the
right chamber tends to grow longer. ·The servo system senses these
changes and counteracts them by paying out tape or reeling in tape as
required. The actual sensing is accomplished through slots in the base
of the chambers, connected to pneumatic transducers. The tape in the
vacuum chamber effectively forms a wall between the vacuum on one side
of the tape and the slightly higher than atmospheric pressure (because
of a positive pressure blower adding air to the space between the
transport frame and the closed transport access door) on the other
side of the tape. A vacuum sensing device (transducer) connected to
this slot senses variations in vacuum resulting from exposure of more
or less of the slot to atmosphere as the length of the loop:varies
within the chamber. The vacuum sensing device takes the form of a
diaphragm, expansion or contraction of which moves the core of a differential transformer. The primary of this transformer is excited by
a signal from an oscillator. When the core of the transformer is
1-8
equid~stant
from the two secondaries, the output of a demodulator is
by the transducer is minimal. This null condition is intended to occur when the ends o£ the tape loops in the column are
approximately 12.75 inches apart. Any variation in loop l.ength
results in generation of an error signal, changing the demodulator
output. The demodulator output in turn controls a d-c servo amplifier,
which in turn controls firing of thyratrons in the servo motor power
supply. Depending upon the polarity of the demodulator signal (determined by the direction of core shift in the transducer) either the
clockwise or counterclockwise thyratrons will fire, causing rotation
of the reel motor. This rotation will feed more tape into the vacuum
chamber if the loop size has been diminishing, or remove tape from the
chamber if the loop has been growing in size. This action continues
until the loop reaches its null length, at which time the core of the
transformer has returned to its central position, removing the error
signal from the demodulator input.
exci~ed
1-31. Assume that the command source signals the transport to enter
a high-speed mode. The Fast command signals a relay controlling the
capstan drive motor assembly to switch power from the low speed
winding of the capstan drive motor to the high-speed winding. The
actuator for the appropriate tape direction remains closed, and the
capstan roller holds the tape against the capstan. The servo systems
continue to maintain appropriate loop length in the vacuum chambers.
1-32. Assume that the tape is moving from the take-up reel to the
supply reel at high speed (Fast Reverse mode) . As the take-up reel is
nearly emptied (determined by the angle of the lower tape packer arm)
a microswitch is tripped to shift operation to the normal Reverse
Drive mode.
1-33.
SPECIFICATIONS.
Table 1-1.
Tape
112·.5 ips
~II
Tape
120 ips
~"
Tape
150 ips
lit Tape
120 ips
2.0 msec
2.0 msec
2.0 msec
2.0 msec
~II
Start Time l
Start Distance 2 .095 - .145
(Band in inches)
stop Time 3
Operating Characteristics
1.5 msec
stop Distance 4
.060 - .120
(Band in inches)
.105
-
.155
1.5 msec
.·070 -.135
.138
-
.208
1.5 msec
.090 - .160
.102
-
.158
1.5 msec
.085
-
.135
1-9
Table 1-1.
Operating Characteristics (Continued)
kll
2
Tape
112.5 i.ps
kll
2
Tape
120 ips
kll
2
Instantaneous 5
Speed
Variation
See
Figure 1-6
See
Figure 1-6
See
Figure 1-6
See
Figure 1-6
Short Term
Average 6 Speed
Variation
+2%
+2%
+2%
+2%
Long Term
Average 7 Speed
Variation
+1%
+1%
+1%
+1%
Dynamic Skew
(max) 8
3.2 usec
3.0 usec
2.5 usec
~ps
111 Tape
120 ips
.
6.0
1
Defined as time from application of Start command until tape
passing read/write head reaches and remains within 10'percent
of nominal speed.
2
Defined as distance moved by tape over read/write heads during
start time.
3
Defined as time from application of stop command until tape
motion stops •
.4
1-10
150
Tape
Defined as distance moved by tape over read/write head during
stop time.
5
Defined as speed variation from. specified nominal speed at any
instant in time; variation is at maximum during start transient
and decays to minimum final value.
6
Defined as variation from specified nominal speed averaged over
any interval of 10 ms occurring 7 msec or more after application of Start command.
7
Defined as variation from specified nominal speed averaged over
any interval of 15 ms occurring 50 msec or more after application of a start command.
8. Defined as the varying time displacement between the recorded
signals of any two heads in the same stack with tape traveling
over the heads at the specified nominal speed in either direction. This time displacement is the result of ·random displacement of the tape as it, is moved and guided across the
head and will be greatest between the two outermost tracks.
NOIE
Total interchannel time displacement error
is expressed as Static Skew + (0.5) (Dynamic
Skew). Static skew is determined by the
tolerances of the head assembly.
Fast Forward and Fast Reverse (Rewind) speed.
.
Twice nominal
drive speed +5%
.
.
Acceleration time from nominal to fast speed.
Deceleration time from fast to nominal speed.
21
o·
a::
8 seconds maximum
5 seconds maximum
16
LL
z
Qo
.... \LI
12
~\LI
>0\LICI)
0-1
Oct
" '"
8
l1l
l1l_
z
o-:e
Cl)o
.... z
z
4
~
~~
...........
l1l
0
a::
l1l
0-
o
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
START TIME IN MS
Figure 1-6.
Instantaneous Speed Variation
1-11
NOIE
The transport is not programmable during
deceleration time.
Programming:
The actuators shall not be programmed in excess of the rates shown
in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2.
Program Limits
';
"
Duty
Mode
Minimum Time
Between Commands
Continuous
Unidirectional
8.5 ms
Continuous
Bidirectional
4.3 ms
Intermittent
Either Mode
2.5 ms
NOIE
Not more than 6 commands shall be given
in any 25 ms period.
The storage servo system maintains the tape loop positions in the
vacuum storage chambers within the specified limits provided the
stop times shown in Table 1-3 are inserted between commands when
reversing the direction of tape motion:
NOIE
There shall be no stop delays required
in unidirectional .operation except as
specified under Capstan Drive Actuators
above.
1-12
Table 1-3.
Tape Speed (ips)
stop Delays
Bidirectional
Stop Delay (ms)·
112.5
150
120
180
150
350
Access Door Interlock--Places tape unit in Standby mode when
transport access door is opened. A mechanical override is provided to facilitage service with the door open.
Long Loop/Short Loop Interlock--Interrupts command input circuits
whenever a short loop or long loop is incurred; simultaneously
applying stop commands to both actuators, permitting reel servos
to attempt to correct the condition. After 100-150 msec, if condition has not been corrected, tape transport is placed in Standby
mode.
Leader Clamp Interlock--Closing the leader clamp places the tape
unit in the Standby mode.
Servo Motor Thermal Interlock--A thermal overload switch opens the
reel motor circuit if the internal temperature reaches an unsafe
level.
outputs
Interlock Interruption--In the Automatic mode, a -24 vdc signal is
removed from the Auto Ready Line when any of the following conditions is incurred: closure of tape leader clamp, long or short
loop condition, opening of the transport access door, vacuum
failure, or -operation of the servo adjustment switch. The Auto
Ready signal is also removed when the MODE SELECTOR switch on the
manual control panel is placed in the Standby or Manual mode
positions.
Long Loop/Short Loop Warning--A signal is provided when tape loops
in the vacuum chambers exceed specified limits. Contact rating of
the switch is 150 rna maximum at -24 vdc.
Tape Leader Sensing--A conductive leader sensing guide is located
near each reel; each guide consists of three rings insulated from
1-13
each other. The inner ring is grounded and serves as a ground return for remote circuits. Maximum capacity of each contact is
60 rna at 24 vdc. Arc suppression must be provided if contacts are
connected to an inductive load.
controls
Comma"nds
The tape unit may be operated from the computer programmer
or from the manual control panel.
Interlocks are provided
to protect the operator as well as the tape. Manual control
panel commands are discussed below. other command signals
are as follows:
start/stop Signals--Start and stop commands for forward and
" reverse operation are generated by a level change of 8 vdc
(+12 vdc, -0 vdc) into 1000 ohms with a maximum rise time of
10 usec. The maximum level of these commands with respect
to ground must not exceed 25 vdc. A positive-going change
is a start command; removal of this command (a negative-going
change) is a Stop command.
Separation of Forward and Reverse Commands--Isolated command
inputs are used for Forward and Reverse tape directions.
High-Speed Tape Motion--Fast commands are generated by a 24vdc signal (0.25 amp max.). Removal of this level returns
the capstan drive motor to normal speed.
Command Timing--An interlock is provided to prevent acceptance of commands which will turn on one actuator if the other
actuator is on.
Manual Control Panel
The manual control panel provides the following controls:
Power Switch--Master switch for all power used in tape
transport.
Mode Selector--Places tape transport in Automatic, Standby,
or Manual mode.
Manual Control Switch--In the Manual mode, controls tape
motion between fast forward, forward, stop, reverse or fast
reverse.
1-14
Manual Write/Leader Drive--In Manual mode, supplies 24 vdc
to external system, to be used to energize write relays.
Also in Manual mode, overrides end-of-tape leader stop to
permit tape motion.
Interlocks and Indicators
Rewind Time Delay--In the Manual mode, a delay of from 5 to
25 seconds is used to prevent ~peration of tape during deceleration time of capstan.
Table 1-4.
Input Power Requirements
1
Freq.
(cps)
Tape
Width
Input
Voltage
Current
(S tandby Mode)
Current
(Operating Modes)
50 + 3
or
60 -+ 3
~II
2
117 vac +7%
7.0 amp
9 to 20 amp
50 + 3
-
111
117 vac +7%
7.0 amp
9 to 20 amp
1
Frequency must be held wi thin +0.3% of nominal to
meet Long Term Average Speed IVariation specification.
Environmental
Shock and Vibration .
• ••
Temperature • • .
.••••
Relative Humidity • . • • . • •
Altutude • • . .
• ••
Atmosphere
• •
Cooling • .
None
60 0 to 85 0 F.
45% to 65%
0 to 7,000 feet
Practically dust and particle
free
• • • • • A minimum of 400 cfm air
flow is required over the
servo motors.
If additional
heat-generating components
are located in an 'enclosed
cabinet, additional cooling
air may be required.
1-15
SECTION .11
INSTALLATION
2-1.
SELECTION OF LOCATION.
2-2. The selection of a location for the tape transport should be
based on the following factors:
1.
The rack cabinet or rack selected must be capable of mounting and supporting the components shown in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1.
Component
Tape transport
Physical Dimensions
Weight
Height
Required
Depth From
Rack Face
167 lbs.
35"
14"
70 lbs.
70 lbs.
IS"
7"
7"
IS"
S lbs.
7"
6"
Voltage regulator
24 lbs.
---
---
Transport access door
24 lbs.
---
---
Transport electronics assy.
Vertical mounting
Horizontal mounting
Manual control panel
2.
Read and write electronics must be placed so that lengthening of the head cables beyond the SO-inch length supplied
is not required. The increased capacitance associated with
long head cables will impair high-frequency response.
3.
The unit should be located in an area characterized by ambient temperatures between 60 0 and S5 0 F, 45% - 65% RH.
4.
The unit must not be located in proximity to any strong
magnetic fields.
5.
A reasonably dust and dirt free environment is required.
2-3. Components of the tape transport are designed for mounting in a
standard 19-inch cabinet rack.
If the unit is supplied with an
Ampex cabinet rack, -tt is shipped nearly fully assembled and cabled,
and the rack need only be fastened in position.
2-1
2-4. The manual control panel, if supplied, may be mounted on the
same bracket as a horizontally-mounted transport electronics assembly:
this configuration requires no additional rack space for the manual
,control panel. The manual control panel may also be mounted directly
above a vertically-mounted transport electronics assembly.
In tl~is
configuration, seven inches of rack space are required, for the manual
control panel.
2-5. The vol tage regula,tor is mounted on the s ide panel of Ampex cabinet racks.
In custom installations, it may be mounted similarly or
in any other convenient location which affords ample support.
2-6. The dimensions and recommended clearances for the Ampex ,cabinet
rack are shown in Figure 2-1.
In general, similar clearances will be
required for all mounting schemes.
2-7.
UNCRATING.
2-8. Each TM-2 tape transport is packed in a custom-built case for
maximum protection in shipment. This case is designed for shipment
in a horizontal attitude, and should not be handled in an upright
position.' In uncrating the tape transport, dismantle the shipping
case carefully to avoid damage. Check the contents of the co'ntainer
carefully against the packing slip, and investigate the equipment for
damage.
2-9. The voltage regulator transformer (shipped unmounted) must be
mounted in the cabinet. Voltage regulator transformers for 60 cycle
tape transports are mounted on the right side of the' cabinet as viewed
frol11 the rear: voltage regulator transformers for 50 cycle tape
transports are similarly mounted on the left side of the cabinet.
Tapped holes are provided in the cabinet for the voltage regulator
transformer and for cable clamps holding the connecting cable to
T.B709 on the tape transport.
2-10. A shipping lock over the transport latch inside the Ampex,cabinet rack must be removed before the latch can be operated.
2-11. The transport electronics assembly is locked during shipping
in the Ampex cabinet rack by angle brackets at each side. These
locks must be removed before the electronics can be withdrawn from
the front for serviclng.
2-2
~I.--
23
------t
I
"4
\
(
A.
..,\
I
\
j0~
o
0
ffJ
0
0
9
77j6
0
I
I
IL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~
42.
39t
I
~
.
Figure 2-1
Dimensions and Clearances, Ampex Cabinet ,Rack
4
2-12.
MOUNTING (CUSTOM INSTALLATIONS) •
step 1:
Mount the hinge block strip to the left side rail of the
rack using the 8~-inch flat head screws provided. A hole
pattern for the hinge block is shown in Figure 2-2.
Step 2:
Place the rack on its back on the floor.
The tape transport should be lifted only
by the main frame casting.
Step 3:
Lift the transport into position with the hinge portion of
the frame between the blocks of the hinge block strip.
(See Figure 2-2.)
step 4:
Insert the hinge pins through the hinge block into the hinge
portion of the frame. Tighten the hinge pins securely.
step 5:
Place the transport electronics assembly in position and
fasten to the side rails of the rack using the 12-24 by
3/8 inch pan head screws and #12 lock washers provided.
vertically-mounted transport electronics assemblies are
fastened to the rack face with eight screws; horizontally-'
mounted transport electronics assemblies are fastened to the
rack face with four screws. The balance of hardware supplied
with the horizontally mounted transport electronics assembly
may be discarded.
2-4
311/2'
32"
21"
281/2"
SPACER
8 FLAT WASHER
TAPE TRANSPORT - - -
101/2"
~!
~32
COVER DOOR
STOP ARM BRACKET - - - -.......
8-32 SELF LOCKING NUT
S
I
X 516'R'lN HEAD
(J
()
(J
3 112"
LIP OF RACK
HOLE PATTERN
FOR MOUNTING
HINGE BLOCK
#12 FLAT WASHER
Figure 2-2.
Tape Transport Mounting
2-5
NOIE
If a horizontally-mounted transport
electronics assembly is used and a manual control panel is included in the
system, the two brackets (supplied with
the manual control panel) should be installed with the transport electronics
assembly as shown in Figure 2-3.
If a
manual control panel is to be used with
the vertically-mounted transport electronics assembly, the two brackets
should be mounted separately from the
transport electronics assembly.
step 6:
Fasten the manual control panel to the bracket (Figure 2-4)
using the four 6-32 by 3/8-inch flat head screws supplied
with the manual control panel.
Do not attempt to swing the transport
out from the rack before the rack is
secured to the floor.
step 7:
Erect the rack and bolt it to the floor.
step 8:
Select a location for the voltage regulator. Using the dimensions and mounting details shown in Figure 2-S, mount
this unit using the hardware provided.
step 9:
Fasten a ground strap from the transport to the rack.
step 10:
Mount the bracket on the back of the face of the rack cabinet using the 12-24 by ~-inch screws provided with the
tape transport.
step 11:
Assemble the two stop arms provided with the tape transport
as shown in Figure 2-2. Fasten the assembly to the bracket
attached to Step 10 using the 8-32 by S/8-inch screw, #8
flat washer, spacer, and #8 self-locking nut as shown in
Figure 2-2. Fasten the other end of the assembly to the
top of the transport using the 8-32 by ~-inch screw, #8
flat washer, and spacer as shown in Figure 2-2.
2-6
HORIZONTAL MOUNT
TYP I CAL
4 PLACES{
# 12 LOCK WASHER - - - . . .
12 _ 24 X 3/8 ___~)~r
V"'"
~BRACKET
(SUPPLIED WITH MANUAL CONTROL PANEL)
VERTI CAL MOUNT
TYPICAL {
8 PLACES
Figure 2-3
Transport Electronics Assembly Mounting
2-7
Step 12:
Fasten the air filter assembly to the rack at some convenient location. Connect the hose from the air filter to
the positive pressure blower inlet, using the hose clamp
provided.
IIOIE
The air filter is designed to mount at
the rear of the rack cabinet. If this
scheme is used, the rear door of the
cabinet must be louvered or otherwise
opened to permit air flow.
step 13:
Provide a source of cooling air through the rack. A minimum flow of 400 cfm over the reel motors is required. .Cool
air should be drawn in through louvers at the bottom of the
rack and expelled at the top.
LIP OF RACK
c
c
SEE NOTES
NOTE:
BRACKETS AND ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE
SUPPLIED WITH MANUAL CONTROL PANEL.
WHEN INSTALLING IN FRONT OF A
HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED CONTROL POWER
SUPPLY, THE BRACKETS MUST BE
SECURED IN PLACE DURING INSTALLATION
OF THE CONTROL POWER SUPPLY.
SEE FIGURE 2-3
Figure 2-4.
2-8
Manual Control Panel Mounting
If the transport is not adequately
cooled, the servo motors may overheat,
and programming of the transport will
be restricted.
step 14:
Install cover panels over unused portion of rack.
step 15:
Mount the head assembly on the tape transport by means of
the socket head cap screws and flat washers provided. Connect the head connectors to the receptacles on the tape
transport, taking care to connect the write head to the
write receptacle, the read head to the read receptacle.
Fasten the screws which secure each connector to its receptacle.
2-13.
CABLING (Figure 2-6).
2-14. All cable connections to the tape transport are made through
a connector chassis on the transport electronics assembly. This
60 CYCLE
Figure 2-5.
50 CYCLE
Voltage Regulator Mounting
2-9
c0mponent also serves as a central point for most connections within
the tape transport.
step 1:
Connect the cable captive to the tape transport to J301 on
the transport electronics assembly.
step 2:
Connect the AC power source to J302. A mating connector for
this purpose is furnished with the tape transport.
Step 3:
If a manual control panel is supplied, connect the cable
captive to the manual control panel to J303 on the transport
electronics assembly. If no manual control panel is supplied, suitable similar circuitry must be connected through
J303; see Figure 2-7.
step 4:
If the tape transport is to be programmed from the tape control unit of a computer or other external source, connect
this source to J304 and J305 on the transport electronics
assembly. Mating connectors are supplied with the tape
transport. Typical control circuitry is indicated in Figure
2-7.
Step 5:
connect the voltage regulator cable fanning strip to TB709
on the rear of the tape transport.
step 6:
Connect the cooling fan for the rack cabinet to terminals
1 and 2 on TB709, unless the power for this fan is to be
supplied elsewhere.
2-15.
HEAD CABLE CONNECTIONS.
2-16.
The write head cables are terminated in 19-pin male Cannon
one connector being used for each eight-track cable. The
read head cables are terminated in similar 19-pin female Cannon connectors. Mating receptacles are provided on Ampex signal electronics
assemblies; when no such electronics are provided, mating connectors
must be furnished by the user.
connectors~
2-17. The pin assignments of write and read head connectors are
identical, and are shown in Figure 2-8. The numbers shown in parentheses in Figure 2-8 refer to track assignment on the cable for
tracks 9 through 16.
2-10
CONTROL
POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER FABRICATED CABLE
TO WRITE CONTROL CIRCUITRY
CUSTOMER FABRICATED CABLE TO
EXTERNAL CONTROL CIRCUITRY
C0006A
Figure 2-6.
Cabling Diagram
2-11
UP PER L E A DER
SE NSING POST
:E
'"
......
Go
REMOTE
, "" " " "'" "'" '"''
I TAPE LEADER SENSE LOWER INNER
15 TAPE LeADER SENSE UPPER OUTER}AUTO MODE ONLY
19 TAPE LEADER SENSE LOWER OUTER
~
27 DOOR INTERLOCK
12 LOOP WARNING
16 AUTO READY
LO WER LEADER
SE
.~
..
......
Go
INNER
OUTER
}
..
.:-!~O~
UtNf:R
" !.
~
1-1-
5
7
"'::-
r--
:~TV~~o~E~~;;~~N~:B
PHOTOSENSE LEVEL LOAD POINT
PHOTOSENSE LEVEL END-OF FILE
PHOTOSENSE END-OF-FILE RELAY SWINGER
...
'''''''''' "'-, ,,' "", "
PHOTOSENSE
UNIT
9 PHOTOSENSE END-OF-FILE RELAY NO
32 PHOTOSENSE LOAD POINT RELAY SWINGER
}
RISE/FALL TIME
3 MICROSECONDS
MAXIMUM CAPACITY 110 VAC
AT 500MA RESISTIVE
35 PHOTOSENSE LOAD POINT RELAY N C
UPPER TAPE
FOLLOWER
f
S712
!g-~oo
AUTO
LOWER
INPUTS
TAPE FOLLOWER
$""
C:05
-=-
MO
~~ :~~~ ~~:TMON
KIB
20 GROUND
L..~
t
FROM
TRANSPORT
ELECTRONICS
32
K2B
LOWER REEL BR\KE RELEASE
.]A
I
100MILLISECOND
VDC
KllNTERLOCK
+
j
42 REVERSE ON
O
FF
MANUAL
INPUTS
..
F
~FF
__
.,
FF~
F
MANUAL FAST
~
UPPER LOOPI
WARNING
.
S706
LEADER CLAMP
INTERLOCK
S709
t
52 VAC FROM
TRANSPORT
~
ELECTRONICSP30 J 0
CB301
--r;117VACHOT
V"'"">o-CB302
~O---
TO TRANSPORT
ELECTRONICS
NOTES
I. K3 TO ACTUATE AFTER 2 SECONDS.
REMAIN ACTUATED 10 SECONDS
{=
_
-....
ct-
I
...
"
READYI~
I
FO
:~
I
I
I
I
SB
sqr...Lo
FR
>
I
I
I
I
27
c
3~
SB
MO
AUTO READY
13 LOOP WARNING
u
OM I
I
I
RO S2B
AI
[I
~"~qa
.
UPPER
AI
~
~RSBMI
45
SECOND
ci~~iY
K5
22
21
33~-24VDC
36~
~c
I
~o
~7
~:l
~8
117 VAC
49 COMMON
39 117VAC HOT DELAYED-TO SERVO ANODE
TRANSFORMERS
50 117 VAC HOT
.......2!..
JJ k."
45
SECOND
TIME
DELAY
LEGEND
SI POWER
S2 MANUAL
FF
f
S
R
FR
S3 LEADER
~AS~J
SB
M
S~
MODE CONTROL
FAST FORWARD
FORWARD
STOP
REVERSE
FAST REVERSE
DRIVE
Kl
K2
K3
K~
K5
Figure 2-7.
2-12
!
FRO
I
OR I
6 TAPE LEADER SENSE UPPER OUTER REMOTE
10
TAPE LEADER SENSE UPPER OUTER
s.J
.fu.-
26 TAPE LEADER SENSE LOWER OUTER REMOTE
TAPE LEADER SENSE LOWER OUTER
I
,-~
•
K3
SEE NOTE 1
'AUTO
Mo
0
FSSR:S2A
REVERSE OFF
9
oJ.
K3A SB
lel.OF I
FR
.!Fo:
41 FORWARD OFF
38
.. K5A
KIB
"
R
FRoO
11-
S3
E-
KU
T
40 FORWARD ON
"".of
-14 VDC
K2A
23 UPPER REEL BRAKE RELEASE •
2~
AUTO FAST INPUT
I
L ____ ,
J3g!~03
f
,-~q.
AUTO COMMON IN'PUT
:S~C
MO
r
3 117 VAC
COMMON
,
SB~
K2 POWER
DOOR
INTERLOCK
S708
i
INPUT
'MANUAL'
TO REEL
REVERSE INPUT
IS~B
S8
MO
MAX
EI FALL
TIM E
10 MICROSE CONDS
RIS
~c(JJ.oAUTO
KIA
..n...}~02~
A,
BRAKE
_
SOLENOIDS
LOWER LOOP
WARNING
S707
,SU
A!
17 AUTO FORWARD INPUT
18 AUTO REVERSE INPUT
-
.~
K701
FAST
RELAY
,,«ho'""
H UPPER TAPE FOLLOWER N C
-
,,,moo,,,]
A
" '""""" "" "'"' "", "
33 TAPE FOLLOWER SWINGER
f
60 M
}
, """"" "'" ,,,.,,
I-
MAXIMUM CAPACITY:
.
MODE SELECTOR
A
AUTOMATIC
SB STANDBY
M
MANUAL
INTERLOCK RELAY
POWER RELAY
OVERSPEED RELAY
LOWER LEADER RELAY
UPPER LEADER RELAY
Typical Control Circuitry
2-18.
PRINTED CIRCUIT CARDS.
2-19. The servo oscillator card, actuator control unit card, and
servo amplifier card are not shipped in their sockets. The servo
oscillator card should be placed in its housing on the rear of the
tape transport, and the actuator control and servo amplifier cards in
their respective positions in the transport electronics assembly.
Power may now be applied to the system.
2-20.
INITIAL CHECKOUT.
2-21. When the installation procedures described above have been
completed, initial checkout may be performed~ Thread a reel of tape
on the transport as detailed in Section III of this manual.
2-22. Apply power to the equipment. Ensure that the vacuum motor is
operating properly, the tape loops are formed in the vacuum chambers,
and the capstans are rotating, driving the capstan rollers through
the quad rings.
2-23. Operate the transport in the forward direction until all of
the tape is on the take-up reel. Rewind the tape onto the supply
reel.
NOIE
Irregular tape packing from a previous
machine may cause faulty tape tracking.
Therefore, this check should not be
performed without repacking the tape on
the supply reel.
With the actuator in the OFF position
the tape should never touch the capstan roller. Contact with the roller
may cause dropouts because of excessive
wear on the oxide side of the tape.
Check to see that the tape is as close as possible to the capstan
without touching it.
If the tape touches either the capstan roller
or the capstan, refer to paragraph 4-12 for adjustment procedure.
2-13
('
I
I
TRACK I (9)
,
-,
"/
4
8
TRACK 2 (IO)
"/
13
/-,
2
TRACK 3 (II )
"~
5
/-,
~-,
9
TRACK 4 (I2)
14
1'-,
TRACK 5 (13)
3
"~
6
~-,
10
TRACK
6 (14)
"~
15
7
TRACK 7 (15)
I
I
~-,
TRACK 8 (16)
"/
I
I
\
}
1/
~
,
I
J
12
II
16
19
CONNECTOR BOX
Figure 2-8.
2-14
-,
Head Cable Connections
2-24. Operate the transport from the control source in the -forward
and reverse directions. With the eyes at the level of the capstan
rollers, observe the tape path between the capstan rollers and the
vacuum chambers, between the capstan rollers and the head guides, and
across the head.
If any rippling, curling, or horizontal shift of
the tape is evident, adjust the tape guide.s as described in paragraph
4-10. If the servo response appears sluggish or jittery, refer to
paragraph 4-13 for adjustment procedure.
2-25. While the tape is moving in the forward and reverse directions,
observe the action of the tape packer arms. The packer arm shoe must
at no time touch the reel flanges. Should the shoe contact the reel,
it may be adjusted as detailed in paragraph 4-17.
2-15
BECTION III
OPERATION
3-1.
GENERAL.
3-2. The information contained in this section is based on the assumption that an Ampex manual control panel is incorporated into the
tape transport. since equivalent control circuitry must be provided
by the customer if a manual control panel is not included with the
tape transport, only minor differences in nomenclature should occur
and no basic difference in operating procedure will be encountered.
3-3.
OPERATING CONTROLS.
3-4. The operating controls for the tape transport are grouped on the
front panel of the manual control panel. These controls and their
functions are indicated in Figure 3-1.
E
F
STOP
STANDBY
~~'
A····
CONTROL
ffi
ill
REV=(d)fWD
FAST
FAST
REV
FWD
WRITE
LEADER
DRIVE
C
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION
A
POWER SWITCH
POWER ON OR OFF
B
ORANGE INDICATOR
POWER ON
C
MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
AUTO, STANDBY, OR MANUAL
D
GREEN INDICATOR
READY
E
MANUAL CONTROL SWITCH
FAST FORWARD, FORWARD, STOP, REVERSE, OR FAST
REVERSE
F
MANUAL WRITE / LEADER DRIVE SWITCH
MANUAL WRITE, OFF, OR LEADER DRIVE
Figure 3-1.
Operating Contro1s,Manua1 Control Panel
3-1
3-5.
THREADING TAPE LEADER.
3-6. Under normal operating conditions, the take-up reel of the
transport is never removed. Successive reels of tape, or files, are
placed on the supply reel hub.
3-7. The operation of re-threading the tape transport for each supply reel is avoided by att~ching a permanent leader to the take-up
reel. A connector tab on this leader mates with notches in the leader
of each supply reel.
3-8. The machine leader is normally supplied on the take-up reel and
will last for many months in normal operation. Should the leader require replacement, the following procedure is recommended.
step 1:
Remove any leader or tape from the take-up reel.
step 2:
place the tape transport in the standby mode. Press the
lower REEL BRAKE pushbutton and starting with the plain end
of the new leader, wind approximately 10 feet of leader on
the reel by rotating a reel in a clockwise direct;i.on.
Step 3:
Open the tape drive mechanism cover and the glass vacuum
chamber doors.
step 4:
Referring to Figure 3-2, pass the tape to the left of the
lower leader sensing post, over the roller guide of the
vacuum chamber, and between the lower vacuum chamber guide
and the chamber wall.
Step 5:
Route the leader over the upper guide, between the upper
guide and the chamber wall, under the buffer spring guide of
the vacuum chamber, between the right-hand brake weight and
brake post, and between the right-hand capstan and capstan
roller.
step 6:
Pass the leader over the right-hand guide of the head assembly, between the hinged head cover and the head stack, and
under the left-hand guide on the head assembly.
step 7:
continue the thread"ing by passing the leader between the
left-hand capstan and capstan roller and the left-hand brake
weight and brake post. Pass the leader between the photosense head and the buffer spring guide of the left-hand
vacuum chamber. If photo sense' is not used, the leader is
routed directly over the buffer spring guide of the lefthand vacuum chamber.
3-2
Figure 3-2 .
Tape Threading Path
3-3
step 8:
3-9 .
Thread the leader between the lower chamber guide and the
chamber wall, over the upper chamber guide and between this
guide and the chamber wall, and under the roller guide on
the vacuum chamber. Open the lea der clamp at the upper
leader sensing post and clamp the leader against the post • .
Close the vacuum chamber doors and the tape drive mechanism
cover.
INSTALLING SUPPLY REEL.
(F igure 3-3)
3-1 0 . When t h e permanent leader has b.een threaded on the tape transport as above, the supply reel may be installed by following the
procedure below .
Step 1:
Open the transport access doo r and engage the leader clamp
(if no t already engaged).
Step 2:
(Ampex reel retainer)--Press the serrated end of the reel
retainer handle.
If the reel retainer has previously been
locked, the l o ck will release.
(IBM Compatible reel retainer)--Rotate the retainer knob in
a counterclockwise direction until the metal plate no longer
pre sses against the tire.
Ampex supply Reel
Figure 3-3.
3-4
IBM File Reel
Mounting a Supply Reel
step 3:
If a write enable r ing is to be used, install the ring on
the back of the supply reel.
step 4:
(Ampex reel retai ner)--Slip the supply reel over the reel
retainer. Hold the r eel firmly against the turntable surface and rotate the r eel retainer handle approximately 120
degrees clockwise, at which point the reel retainer handle
will lock into positio n. Check t o see that the reel is
snugly mounted on the retainer.
(IBM Compatible reel r e t ainer)--Slip the supply reel over
the reel retainer. Ho ld t h e reel f irmly a g ainst the turntable surface and ro tate the retainer k nob in a clockwise
direction until th e r eel is snugly mo unted on the r etainer.
s t ep 5:
Press the upper REEL BRAKE pushbutto n , releasing the mechanical brake on th e upper reel.
Pul l su ff i cient tape from
the reel to reach the end of the permanent take-up leader
held in the tape cla mp .
ste p 6:
Connect the supply l e a der to the ta k e-up l eader as shown in
Figure 3-4. One-inch tape lea d er s h a v e t wo sectio ns in the
quick-connect splice , one-half- inc h tap e l ead ers have a
single section splice.
step 7:
Press the upper REEL
BRAKE pushbutton and
tur n t h e supply reel in
a c ount ercl o ckwise directio n to take up all
slack between the supply
reel and the leader
clamp.
Step 8:
Release the leader clamp.
The upper tape packer arm
will mo ve in against the
tape p ack.
NOIE
Figure 3-4.
Connecting Leader,s
The lea d er clamp must
be opened to c o mplete
t h e tape transport
interlock.
3-5
step 9:
Close the transport access door.
NOIE
The transport access door must be closed
to complete the tape transport interlock.
step 10:
Place the MODE SELECTOR switch in the MANUAL position.
Place the MANUAL CONTROL switch in the FORWARD position.
Hold the MANUAL WRITE/LEADER DRIVE switch in the LEADER
DRIVE position until metallized leader no longer contacts
the sensing posts. When the MANUAL WRITE/LEADER drive control is released it will automatically return to OFF position. Tape will continue to move in the forward direction.
step 11:
Permit the tape to move forward until the opaque recording
tape is completely threaded between the supply and take-up
reels. Tape motion may now be stopped by turning the MANUAL
CONTROL switch to the STOP position.
3-11.
MANUAL OPERATION.
3-12. Manual operation is obtained at all times when the MODE SELECTOR
switch is in the MANUAL position. Tape motion control is exclusively
a function of the five-position MANUAL CONTROL switch, with writing
possible when the MANUAL WRITE/LEADER DRIVE switch is in the MANUAL
WRITE position.
3-13. If an entire reel of tape is to be run, the MANUAL CONTROL
switch may be left in the FORWARD position. The tape transport will
move tape forward until metallized leader at the end of the supply reel
contacts the leader sensing post, at which time tape motion will automatically stop. Likewise, the tape may be moved in the reverse direction at normal tape drive speed by utilizing the REVERSE position of
the MANUAL CONTROL switch. Tape motion will stop when the metallic
leader at the beginning of the supply reel contacts the tape sensing
posts.
3-14. If only certain portions of the tape are to be run, the desired
section may be more rapidly reached by the use of the FAST FORWARD or
FAST REVERSE positions of the MANUAL CONTROL switch. The presence of
the metallic leader will stop, the tape transport at the end of the reel.
(FAST FORWARD and FAST REVERSE operation are locked out when the diameter of the tape pack on the take-up reel falls below a minimum
point. )
3-6
3-15. If the tape motion is interrupted for any reason, such as
breaking the tape transport control interlock circuitry by opening the
transport access door, the MANUAL CONTROL switch must be turned to the
STOP position after the interruption is cleared before tape motion can
be resumed.
3-16.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION.
3-17. Placing the MODE SELECTOR switch on the manual control panel in
the AUTO position connects all control inputs of the tape unit to external equipment. Control of tape motion is therefore exclusively a
function of the computer, and operation of the MANUAL CONTROL or
MANUAL WRITE/LEADER DRIVE switches will have no effect on operation.
3-18. If tape motion is interrupted for any reason, such as breaking
tape t~ansport control interlock circuitry by opening the transport
access door, tape motion is resumed as soon as the interruption is
cleared. If this is not desirable, the MODE SELECTOR switch should be
turned to the STANDBY position before the interruption is cleared.
It
will be noted that even though the operation is resumed immediately
upon clearance of the interruption, the logical sequence of the programming may be destroyed.
3-19.
REMOVING SUPPLY REEL.
3-20. When operating in the MANUAL mode, tape motion is automatically
stopped by the presence of metallic leader across the upper leader
sensing post.
(Leads from this post are available for similar control
in the AUTOMATIC mode.)
To return the tape to the supply reel, the
following procedure should be followed:
step 1:
Turn the MODE SELECTOR switch to the MANUAL position, the
MANUAL CONTROL switch to the FAST REVERSE position, and the
MANUAL WRITE/LEADER DRIVE switch to the LEADER DRIVE position.
The tape will move at high speed from the take-up reel to the
supply reel. As the rewind cycle is nearly completed the
position of the take-up reel packer arm trips a switch to
slow the tape transport to normal reverse speed. As the metallic leader passes over the upper leader sensing post, tape
motion is automatically stopped.
Step 2:
Turn the MODE SELECTOR switch to STANDBY and the MANUAL CONTROL switch to STOP.
Step 3:
Open the transport access door.
3-7
step 4:
The tape will be stopped with the leader connection between
the supply reel and the leader clamp. Close the leader clamp,
gripping the tape.
step 5:
Disconnect the permanent machine leader from the supply
leader.
step 6:
Depress the upper REEL BRAKE pushbutton and rotate the reel
in a counterclockwise direction until the supply leader is
completely wound on the reel.
step 7:
(Ampex reel retainer)--Depress the serrated end of the reel
retainer handle to release the lock j permit the handle to
rotate in a counterclockwise direction. Remove the reel from
the hub.
(IBM Compatible reel retainer)--Turn the retainer knob in a
counterclockwise direction until the reel can be removed from
the hub.
step 8:
3-21.
The equipment is now ready to be reloaded. If an.other supply
reel is not to be installed immediately, close the transport
access door.
INTERLOCKS.
with the transport access door interlock
defeated, the servo systems may be operative. The operator should avoid placing
hands near the reels unless the system is
in the STANDBY mode.
3-22. Interlocks are provided in the tape transport mechanism to protect the operator and tape. These interlocks should be defeated only
when absolutely necessary and with full realization of potential
haza~ds.
3-23. The transport access qoor interlock switch, located at the
lower left front of the tape transport, permits operation of the transport only with the access door closed or when the switch has been defeated. The defeat is possible by gripping the plunger and pulling it
toward the operator.
3-8
3-24.
PREPARING TAPE INDICATORS.
3-25. The tape sensing posts mounted near the supply reel and the
take-up reel may be used for indicators in control circuits, logic
circuits, etc. Metallized leader placed on "the tape backing may be
used" to ground either or both insulated rings of the sensing post
(if the metal leader· extends across the lower half of the width of
the tape, the inner ring will be grounded; if the leader extends the
full width of the tape, both rings will be grounded). The maximum
current capacity of each sensing post is 60 milliamperes. The posts
are completely available only when the transport is operating in the
AUTOMATIC mode; in MANUAL operation, the outer ring of the upper
leader sensing post is required to stop tape motion.
.
3-26. If a photosense unit is incorporated into the tape transport,
a level change and/or relay operation are available for control and
logic circuits. Photosense signals are not used within the tape unit.
Two channels are used, one each for beginning of file and end of file.
Placement of the photosense tabs on the tape is indicated in Figure
3-5.
- CHANNEL II~I
BEGINNING OF FILE
REFLECTIVE TAB
CHANNEL II BII
END OF FILE
REFLECTIVE TAB
III
32 BETWEEN EDGE
OF TAPE AND TAB
r111---1
~~~~II
I!
!.·•. . .•.
>· ....•••••.....••·...
)i( • • • // • ••.• i
.••····••••· / / .•.
1
t
ACTUAL TAB DIMENSION
Figure 3-5.
Placement of Photosense Tabs on Tape
3-9
SEC,-ICN IV
CHECKOUT AND AD.JUSTMENT
4-1.
GENERAL.
4-2. Each Ampex TM-2 Tape Transport is carefully checked out before
shipment from the factory and, barring major shipping damage, is ready
for operation immediately upon unpacking.
4-3. The information contained in this section may be used for troubleshooting the transport, checking operating parameters, and adjusting
for optimum performance. The tests and adjustments indicated are alsoadvisable after extensive maintenance operations have been performed.
4-4. CHECKING TAPE TRACKING. Tape tracking is most readily checked by
cycling, the tape transport rapidly between the forward and reverse directions. The operator should observe the tape path between the capstan roller assemblies and the vacuum chambers (the eyes should be at
the level of the capstan rollers). There should be no evidence of skew
or tape misguiding; that is, the tape should be perfectly flat with no
twist or ripple. When the tape is viewed across the head there should
be no discernible horizontal shift of the tape. Adjustment of the tape
guides ~~ described in paragraph 4-12. Cycling of the transport also
permits observation of the servos controlling tape loop length in the
vacuum chambers. If the servo response appears sluggish or jittery it
should be checked as detailed in paragraph 4-13.
4-5. CHECKING TAPE PACKER ALIGNMENT. During the check of tape tracking observe the action of the tape packer arms. The packer arm shoe
must at no time touch the reel flanges. Should the shoe contact the
reel, it may be adjusted as detailed in paragraph 4-17.
4-6. CHECKING CAPSTAN ROLLER ADJUSTMENT. Capstan roller gap and tape
brake gap are extremely important adjustments in terms of meeting start
and stop and distance requirements. The gap between capstan and capstan
roller should be checked with a feeler gauge when the actuator is OFF
and the tape is removed from the capstan roller. Measured at the tightest point the gap should be actuator throw minus .006 +.001 inch. The
gap between brake pad and brake post should be checked with a feeler
gauge when the actuator is off and the tape removed. The gap should
be .001 +.002 inch.
4-7. CAPSTAN ROLLER ADJUSTMENT. The capstan roller assemblies must be
carefully adjusted to meet start/stop time and distance requirements.
In addition, no "skew" of the tape as it emerges from the capstan and
capstan roller may be tolerated.
(See Figure 4-1.)
4-1
step 1:
Check actuator shaft bearing and support post to ensure that
the bearing is running freely, the bearing shell is firmly
clamped, and no strain is placed on the bearing by the support post. This is best done by loosening the support post
screws (G) while checking the bearing. These screws should
then be tightened while the support post is held in a position where no strain is placed on the bearing.
Step 2:
Subtract '.006 inch from the actuator 'throw measurement. For
actuator throw measurment see paragraph 4-8. The remainder
will be the correct gap setting for any capstan roller assembly used with the one actuator. The actuator throw measuremeht is given on a gummed label 'attached to each actuator but in the event that the label has been removed or
defaced the actuator throw may be measured by the procedure
given in paragraph 4-8.
Step 3:
Loosen the two socket head cap screws (A) which clamp the
capstan roller yoke to th~ actuator shaft.
Step 4:
Using a feeler gauge .002 or .003 inch smaller than the value
determined in Step 2, rotate the yoke on the actuator shaft
(actuator in the OFF position) so that the feeler gauge is
clamped between capstan roller and capstan.
Step 5:
Tighten the two screws (A) clamping the yoke to the actuator
shaft. While tightening th~se screws the slight rotation of
the yoke on the shaft will consume the .002 or .003 inch allowed in Step 4.
FRONT
ECCENTRIC (D)
REAR
ECCENTRIC (E)---i:~~~~~
step 6:
Check the roller gap with
a feeler gauge of the
thickness determined in
Step 2. The gap should
be within .001 inch of
this value at >the tightest point. If the gap is
not within this limit,
Steps 3 through 6 should
be repeated until the gap
is correct.
step 7:
Repeat steps 1 through 6
for the other actuator
assembly.
ECCENTRIC
CLAMPING
SCREW
(FRONT SHOWN) (C)
SUPPORT--~
POST (H)
ACTUATOR SHAFT
CLAMPING SCREW
(FRONT SHOWN) (A)
SUPPORT - - - - "
POST
SCREWS (G)
ACTUATOR SHAFT BEARING
CLAMPING SCREW (F)
Figure 4-1.
Capstan Roller
Adjustment Points
4-2
Step 8:
Loosen the socke.t head cap screw (B) for the left-nand tape
brake post.
Step 9:
Place a .Oll-inch feeler gauge between the brake pad on the
capstan roller assembly and the brake post. Use a wrench to
rotate the brake post'on its eccentric until the feeler gauge
is just held between the post and the pad. Hold the post in
this position with the wrench while tightening the brake post
screw (B).
step 10:
Check the brake gap with a feeler gauge.
.011 +.002 inch repeat Steps 8 and 9.
step 11:
Repeat Steps 8 through 10 for the right-hand tape brake.
step 12:
Thread the.transport with tape.
step 13:
If the gap is not
Operate the transport in the Forward Drive mode. Observe the
tape as it passes through the right-hand capstan roller. If
any distortion (bowing, waving, etc.) of the tape is observed
loosen the two socket head screws that clamp the eccentrics
. within the yoke (C). Manipulate the front and rear eccentrics
(D and E) until the tape emerging from the capstan roller is
smooth, flat, and straight. Tighten the socket head cap
screws (C).
step 14:
Repeat Step 6.
step 15:
Operate the transport in the Reverse Drive.mode and repeat
Steps 13 and 14 for the left-hand capstan roller.
step 16:
Check the start and stop times as described in Section IV
and re-adjust the capstan rollers as needed to meet the desired times. The roller gap and/or brake gap should be increased if the stop and/or start is too short and decreased
if it is too long but only within the limits of +.001 inch of
the value determined in Step 2.
4-8. MEASURING ACTUATOR THROW. The throw of the actuator may be determined by the following procedure:
step 1:
step 2:
With the machine off, remove the tape and manually rotate the
right-hand (forward) capstan roller assembly to its ON position
(in contact with the capstan) •
Referring to Figure 4-1,; loosen the two socket head cap screws
(A) which clamp the capstan roller yoke to the actuator shaft.
4-3
step 3:
Rotate the capstan roller yoke on the actuator shaft so that
the roller is just in contact with the capstan.
step 4:
Tighten the screws which clamp the yoke to the actuator shaft.
Check to see that the roller is still in contact with the ~ap
stan.
Step 5:
Man'ually rotate the capstan roller assembly to its OFF position.
step 6:
Using a feeler gauge, determine the gap between the capstan
and the capstan roller. This figure represents the actuator
throw. Mark this figure on the actuator for future reference.
Step 7:
Repeat Steps 1 through 6 for the left-hand (reverse) capstan
roller actuator.
4-9. CHECKING START/STOP TIME. The start time is defined as, the
time ,after the actuator ON command until the tape motion falls within
prescribed tolerances. Th~ stop time is defined as that tim'e required
for the output of the read head to drop to zero following the actuator
OFF command. A test tape is required to check start/stop time. This
tape should be recorded at normal tape drive speed with an NRZ signal
used to write logical ONE's on all tracks at a frequency of 50 kc for
150 ips tape transports, 40 kc for 120 ips tape transports, or a comparable ratio for other speeds. In addition to this test tape, the
following equipment is required to check start/stop times:
1)
Read amplifier capable of developing 2.0 volts peak-to-peak
across 600 ohm load.
2)
Calibrated oscilloscope, Tektronix 535A or equivalent.
Step 1:
Thread the test tape on the tape transP9rt.
step 2:
Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 4-4. The oscilloscope should be triggered by the FORWARD START command
(positive pulse) •
Step 3:
Program the transport at a convenient rate in the AUTOMATIC
mode. The oscilloscope will display the forward start time
characteristic of the tape transport, which, should resemble
Figure 4-3a. Start 'time, as determined from'the oscilloscope
display, should be under, 2.0 milliseconds. If this specification is not met, adjustment of the 'forward capstan roller
gap will be required, as detailed in paragraph 4-7.
4-4
Step 4:
Readjust the oscilloscope to trigger on a negative .pulse. The
oscilloscope will now display the forward stop time characteristic of the tape transport, which should resemble Figure 4-3b.
stop time of the transport should be under 1.5 milliseconds.
If this specification is not met, adjustment of the forward
tape brake, as detailed in paragraph 4-7, will be required.
Step 5:
Reconnect the test equipment so that the oscilloscope is triggered by the Reverse Start command. The oscilloscope should
be set to trigger on a positive pulse.
step 6:
Operate the tape transport in the AUTOMATIC mode. The oscilloscope will again display the reverse start characteristic of
the tape transport. Start time should be under 2.0 milliseconds; the reverse capstan roller gap should be adjusted as
required to achieve this specification.
step 7:
Reset the oscilloscope to trigger on a negative pulse. The
oscilloscope will display the reverse stop characteristic of
the tape transport, which should be under 1.5 milliseconds.
The tape brake should be adjusted as required until this specification is met.
NOlIE
In cases where the tape
transport does not meet
start/stop time specifications after the capstan roller gap and tape
brake gap have been
checked, rotation of the
buffer guides around their
axes on the vacuum chamber is indicated.
4-10. CHECKING START/STOP DISTANCE.
Start distance is defined as the
length of tape passing over the read
head during the start time; stop
distance is defined as the length
of tape passing over the read head
during the stop time. Start and
stop distances are specified by
tape width and tape speed in the
the table below.
\.~"~---f-';--~
READ AMPLIFIER
OSCI LLOSCOPE
READ HEAD
(SEE NOTE)
PROGRAM SOURCE t-----------~
TO ACTUATOR
CIRCUITS.
NOTE:
ADJUST SCOPE TO TRIGGER ON POSITIVE INPUT TO MEASURE START
TIME,ON NEGATIVE INPUT TO MEASURE STOP TIME.
Figure 4-2.
Test Setup; Start/Stop
Time Measurement
4-5
Table 4-1.
START DISTANCE {INCHES)
TAPE UNIT
150 ips
120 ips
112.5 ips
120 ips
1/2 11
1/2 11
1/2 11
1"
Start and Stop Distances
.138
.105
.095
.102
to
to
to
to
STOP DISTANCE (INCHES)
.090
.070
.060
.085
.208
.155
.145
.158
to
to
to
to
.160
.135
.120
.135
The following equipment is required to measure· start and stop distances:
1)
Pre-recorded test tape as used in start-stop time measurement.
2)
Read amplifier capable of developing 2.0 volts peak-to-peak
across a 600-ohm load.
3)
Counter, Hewlett-Packard 523B
4)
Pulse Generator, Tektronix 161 or equivalent.
Step 1:
or equivalent.
Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 4-4. The pulse
generator is ·used to trigger the count gate of the counter
fori the 2.0 milliseconds immediately following the Forward
Start command.
,
~
~~
Ii
"I
j
..
'--
A
B
Figure 4-3.
4-6
I
Typical Waveforms, Start/stop Time
Step 2:
Program the tape transport at a convenient rate. The counter
reads out the number of recorded ONE's passing the read head
during the 2.0 milliseconds start time. Because of the ratio
of frequency to tape speed of the test tape, each ONE passing
the read head represents 0.003 inches. Thus the count, multiplied by three, is the forward start distance expressed in
thousandths of an inch. This figure should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above. If this condition
is not met, check capstan roller gap. If the tape transport
still fails to meet start distance specifications, adjustment
of the buffer spring guide around its axis o~ the left vacuum
chamber may be required.
Step 3:
Reconnect the counter and pulse generator to the Reverse Start
command input. The counter now reads out the numbers of ONE's
passing the read head during the reverse start time. This
figure must also be equal to or less than the value shown in
the table above.
Step 4:
Reconnect the counter and pulse generator to the Forward Stop
command input (connection point identical to Step 1, but triggering on negative pulse). The pulse generator is used to
trigger the count gate of the counter for the 1.5 milliseconds
immediately following the Forward stop command. The count as
shown on the counter, multiplied by three, is the forward stop
distance expressed in thousandths of an inch. This
figure should be equal to
A DUAL-TRACE
OSCILLOSCOPE
~~ ~,
READ AMPLIFIER ~S
or less than the value shown
TRIG
READ HEAD
~B
in the table above.
~
~
Step 5:
Reconnect the counter and
pulse generator to the
Reverse Stop command input.
The counter now reads out
the number of ONE's passing
the read head during the
reverse stop time. This
figure must also be 'equal
to or less than the value
shown in the table above.
4-11. CHECKING AND ADJUSTING
VACUUM. The vacuum level in the
vacuum chambers should be checked
each time the filters are replaced,
and adjusted if necessary. Vacuum
,.
~~
INPUT
PROGRAM SOURCE I---'~
PULSE
GENERATOR
-f-+ ~~~GNT
r---'~
COUNTER
(SEE NOTES)
TO ACTUATOR
INPUT CIRCUIT
NOTES:
I. ADJUST PULSE GENERATOR TO GATE OSCILLOSCOPE DURING POSITIVE
PULSE TO MEASURE STOP DISTANCE.
2. GATE TO OPEN FOR 2 MILLISECONDS TO MEASURE START DISTANCE,
1.5 MILLISECONDS TO MEASURE STOP DISTANCE.
Figure 4-4.
Test Setup, Start/Stop
Distance Measurement
4-7
l e vel is check e d by attaching a vacuum gauge or manometer t o t he t es t
po i n t s shown i n Figure 4-5 in place of the normal tubing . Wi th a no r ma l leng th l oop ( 13-~ +~ inch) a reading taken at a test po i n t s h ould
i nd icate a v acuum level equivalent to 13 to 15 inches o f wa ter . A f lap
ov er a bleeder p o rt (Figure 4-6) provides adjustment o f v a c u um l e v el ~
4-12. ALIGNING CHAMBER GUIDES. The buffer spring guides a re al i gned
by l oosening the screws which secure the outboard bearing and ma n ipul ating the s u pport with the spanner provided until proper guiding is
a c hie ved.
(S ee Figure 4-7.)
The rotary tape guides are aligne d by
l oos ening t he two screws which s e cure the outboard be a ring suppo r t a nd
ma ni pula t ing the support with the spanner until tape guiding is co rre c t.
NOTE
Once the proper axis of the buffer spring
guide has been thus determined, rotating
of the guide on this axis may be required
to meet start / stop time specifications .
4 - 13 . ADJUSTING REEL SERVOS. For optimum performance the following
a dj u stme nt p rocedure should be used.
Step 1 :
Pla ce the transport in the STANDBY mode with the tape stopped
a nd a ll interlocks and time delays completed.
CHECK RIGHT
CHAMBER VACUUM
LEVEL HERE
CHECK LEFT
CHAMBER VACUUM
LEVEL HERE --'-:-~'ili'r-i'iIii.:JI-
~. ~gure
4-!).
Va cuum Test Assembly
4- 8
Figure 4-6.
Vacuum Level Adjustment Points
Step 2:
connect an ac voltmeter to TP702 and TP703 on the oscillator
assembly at the rear of the transport (Figure 4-8) and adjust
the LOWER servo gain control (also located on the oscillator
assembly) to give a voltmeter reading of 5.8 volts rms.
Step 3:
Connect the voltmeter to TP701 and TP703 on the oscillator
assembly and adjust the UPPER servo gain control to give a
voltmeter reading of 5.8 volts rms.
Step 4:
Depress the reel brake pushbuttons and turn the tape storage
reels to give a tape loop in each vacuum chamber 12-3/4 +1/2
inches long.
Step 5:
Connect a d-c voltmeter between pin 16 of the servo amplifier
card and ground.
(Pin 16 is negative with respect to ground.)
Step 6:
Adjust the UPPER servo transducer for a -10 +1 vdc meter
reading. Adjustment is made with either a screw or a knob,
depending on the type of transducer, as shown in Figure 4-9.
Step 7:
Connect the d-c voltmeter between pin 17 of the servo amplifier
card and ground. Note the reading.
(Pin 17 is negative with
respect to ground.)
Step 8:
The voltmeter readings taken in Steps 6 and 7 should be
within half a volt of each other. If the difference between
MOUNTING
SCREWS ~=--------rP1iiil'
ROTARY
GUIDE
AXIS
CLAMPING
SCREW
AXIS
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
~,----BUFFER
GUIDE
SPANNER
HOLES
Figure 4-7.
Tape Guide Adjustment Points
Figure 4-8.
Adjusting Servo Gain
4-9
the two readings is greater than hal f a volt, adjust the
upper transducer for a balanced o u t p ut at pins 16 and 17.
S tep 9:
connect the voltmeter to pin 4 o f the servo amplifier card
a nd adjust the LOWER servo transducer to give a volt meter
rea di ng of -10 +1 vo lts. Note the rea d i n g.
S t e p 10:
Connect the voltmete r to pin 5 o f the servo amplifier card
a nd check that it is within hal f a volt of the reading taken
a t pin 4. If not, a dj ust the lower transducer for a bala nced output at pins 4 and 5.
Step 11:
Re check balance acro s s pins 16 a n d 17.
duce r if necessary.
Step 12 :
Visually check the servo o pera t i on while the transport is
operating with its normal pr ogram. Minor adjustments of the
gain controls and trans duc ers should be made to give correct
loop length and steady opera t i on . This final adjustment will
vary with each transport , depe ndi ng upon the program used
a nd the mass of moving mechanical p arts in the system. Tape
width, reel weight, t ape gu i de an d a djustment, and the type
of hold-down assembly, wi ll all e ffect the servo operation
to some extent.
S c rew Adjustment
Figur e 4-9.
4-10
Readjust upper trans -
Knob Adjustment
Adjusting Servo Trans ducer (Two Types)
The rotary tape guides are aligned by loosening the two screws which
secure the outboard bearing support (Figure 4-7) and manipulating the
support with the spanner provided until correct tape guiding is
achieved.
4-14. CHECKING REEL HOLD-DOWN OPERATION AND TORQUE (AMPEX REELS). The
torque required to lock the hold-down knob 'may be checked with a torque
wrench. Locking torque should be 25 +2 in./lb. Adjustment, if required, is detailed in paragraph 4-15.
4-15. ADJUSTING HOLD-DOWN KNOB TORQUE (NARTB) REELS ONLY. The torque
required to lock the hold-down knob is adjusted as follows:
Step 1:
Remove the reel from the hold-down knob.
Step 2:
Turn the hold-down knob so that the operating handle points
straight up and down, serrated end up (hold-down knob in released condition).
Step 3:
Using a prick punch or similar device, press the spring-loaded
operating handle retainer at the upper left side of the operating handle so as to free the handle.
Step 4:
Remove the operating handle, exercising care not to lose the
compression spring.
Step 5:
Loosen the screw in the center of the knob.
Step 6:
Tighten the nut in the center of the reel slightly.
the lock screw.
Step 7:
Reassemble the operating handle.
Step 8:
Install a reel,.
Step 9:
Using a torque wrench, measure the torque required to lock a
reel on the hold-down. The torque should be 25 +2 in./oz.
If necessary, repeat steps 1 through 7 until the proper adjustment is achieved.
Tighten
4-16. CHECKING ACTUATOR FIRING CIRCUITRY. Operation of the actuator
firing circuitry may be checked by programming the transport at the
maximum rate permissible within the actuator duty cycles.
(See Section
I, Description/Specifications.)
No actuator functions should be missed
within this program. Operation of the interlock circuitry may be
checked by inserting a conflicting command 2.5 milliseconds after
4-11
issuance of a tape drive command. If the transport is operating in
Forward Drive and a Reverse command is issued without an intervening
stop command, the reverse actuator should not close, and vice versa.
4-17. ALIGNING THE TAPE PACKERS~ Alignment of a tape packer arm
consists of adjusting the position of the packer arm shoe between the
flanges of the tape reel.
Step 1:
Operate the transport in either the F'orward Drive or Reverse
Drive mode and check if either packer arm shoe touches the
reel. If a packer arm shoe does touch the reel proceed with
Step 2.
step 2:
Check that the shoe is correctly fitted and tight on the arm.
Step 3:
Use an Allen wrench to loosen'the screw clamping the arm to
the shaft.
Step 4:
Move the arm on the shaft to a position where the arm and
shoe do not touch either flange of the reel~ taki.ng care not
to turn the arm on the'shaft.
StepS.:
Tighten the set screw.
4-18. ADJUSTING VACUUM SWITCH. The operation of the vacuum switches
which signal long-loop or short-loop conditions is checked as follows:
Step 1:
Connect a voltmeter across the terminals of ,the lower loop
warning switch (S707).
Step 2:
Apply power to the tape unit. ,Place unit in the standby
mode. Make sure all interlocks are closed. The tape loops
in the vacuum chamber should be at the normal 12-3/4 +1/2inch length, and the vacuum switch should be closed.
Step 3:
Observe the indication of the voltmeter. If a voltage is
present, the switch contacts are open as they would be in the
case of a long loop, short loop, or vacuum failure', and the
switch must be adjusted.
(See Step 9 and Figure 4-10.)
Step 4:
Press the lower REEL BRAKE pushbutton and elongate the tape
loop until it passes over the long loop sensing port. The
contacts of the loop warning switch should then be open. If
the closed contacts fail to open, adjustment is required. If
no adjustment is required, proceed to Step 11.
4-12
S t ep 5:
Turn off power to t h e tape unit and remove the scr~ws which
fasten the lower s e r v o c o n t rol assembly to the tape transport. Allow the assembly to hang by its cable.
Do not permit the s ervo control assembly
leads to short on the tape transport.
S t e p 6:
Disconnect the rubbe r t ubing wh i ch connects the long l oop
sensing hole to the v a c uum input port (port on side of s witch
with electrical connectors).
Step 7 :
Insert a tee fitting in t h e vacuum l ine to permit moni toring
of vacuum level with a vacu um gauge o r manometer. Repl ace
hose over the vacuum input por t .
S tep 8:
Apply power to the t r a nspo r t .
Standby mode.
S tep 9:
Press the lower REEL BRAKE p us hbutto n and e longate the l o o p
in the right vacuum chamber until the loop is partial l y across
the long loop sensing hole an d the monitor gauge indicates
7 inches of water vacuum. If the vacuum switch fails to open,
remove the hose from the
vacuum input port and r eadjust the setscrew (accessible through the
vacuum input port) by
turning it 30 to 60 degrees counterclockwise.
The transport sho ul d b e in the
NOI.
counterclockwise rotation of the setscrew will result in
a n increase of differential pressure
re quired to open the
contacts.
Figure 4 - 1 0.
Adj usting Loop Warning Switch
4-13
continue adjusting the switch until the switch actuates as
the loop crosses the long loop sensing hole and 7 inches of
water vacuum is indicated on the monitor gauge. The switch
should remain closed under normal loop conditions.
Step 10:
Remount the lower servo control assembly.
step 11:
Repeat Steps 1 through 4 (and 5 through 10 if necessary) for
the upper servo (left vacuum chamber) •
4-19. CHECKING CAPSTAN DRIVE BELT. The periodic inspection of the
capstan drive belt should include check of wear and fraying, as well
as any misalignment of the pulleys, idler, etc. Replacement of the
belt is outlined in paragraph 7-16.
4-20. ADJUSTING REEL MOTOR BRAKES.
by the following procedure:
Brake adjustment is accomplished
Step 1:
Place a ruler next to the brake solenoid arm. Note the measurement at any particular point along the arm.
Step 2:
Depress the REEL BRAKE pushbutton for the brake being adjusted
and note the new measurement which should be approximately
1/1 6 inch.
Step 3:
If the difference in positions is incorrect, loosen the two
screws which hold the brake solenoid (Figure 4-11) and move
the solenoid to a new position. Repeat Steps 1 and 2.
Step 4:
TENSION
ADJUSTME NT NUT
SOLENOID MOUNTING SCREWS
Figure 4-11.
Reel Brake -Adjustment Poin-E:S
4-14
Connect a spring balance
to the brake solenoid
arm and check brake tension, which should be 7
+~ lb.
If spring tension
is not within tolerance,
loosen or tighten the tensioning nut on the spade
bolt to which the spring
is attached.
(See Figure 4-11.)
4-21. CHECKING PHOTOSENSE OPERATION. Operation of the circuits
may be checked by placing a ~ inch
wide strip of reflective tape
across the width of the mylar side
of the recording tape.
The following equipment is required to check the photosense output.
1)
Tape with reflective tab prepared as above.
2)
Calibrated oscilloscope, Tektronix 535A or equivalent.
4-22. PHOTOSENSE INSTALLATION KIT 310108210. Connect the oscilloscope leads to points 4 and 8 of photosense fanning strip 4. Issue
a Start command that will pass the reflective tab under the photosense head. A level change to -14.5 vdc should occur when the unit
is supplied with a 15 vdc source and a 2000 ohm load. Reconnect
the oscilloscope leads to point 4 on fanning strip 4 and point 5 on
fanning strip 3 and repeat the above procedure.
4-23. PHOTOSENSE INSTALLATION KIT 310108010. Connect the oscilloscope leads to points 4 and 8 of photosense fanning strip 4. Issue
a Start command that will pass the reflective tab under the photosense head. A level change of -10 vdc should occur. Reconnect the
oscilloscope leads to point 4 on fanning strip 4 and point 5 on fanning strip 3 and repeat the above procedure.
4-24. PHOTOSENSE INSTALLATION KIT 310108110. Connect the oscilloscope leads to 4 and 8 of photosense fanning strip 4. Issue a Start
command that will pass the reflective tab under the photosense head.
A level change of +10 vdc should occur for 100 ms. Reconnect the oscilloscope leads to point 4 on fanning strip 4 and point 5 on fanning
strip 3 and repeat the above procedure.
4-25. PHOTOSENSE AMPLIFIER ADJUSTMENT. Adjust each photosense amplifier potentiometer so that a voltmeter connected between TPl and
TP2 on the amplifier card reads as close as possible to, but not more
positive than, 7.5 volts.
4-15 .
SECTIDN V
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
5-1.
GENERAL ..
5-2. The tape transport consists of the transport assembly, electronics assembly, access door, voltage regulator, head assembly, and
head cable and box assembly. A control panel and photosense system
.may .also be included. Schematic arrangements of tape transports
showing the relationship of all connectors, terminal boards, and fanning strips used for interconnection are shown in Figure 5-1.
5-3.
TAPE TRANSPORT.
5-4. The transport assembly (Figure 5-2, 5-3) consists of a tape
supply and take-up system, a tape drive system, a vacuum system, a
blower system, and an. oscillator for excitation of the transducers.
The operation of each of these systems is controlled by circuits in
the electronics assembly. In this description the upper reel is referred to as the supply reel and the lower reel as the take-up reel.
5-5. The tape supply system consists of a supply reel drive assembly,
a vacuum chamber, a transducer which provides signals for servo control of the reel drive, and a loop warning switch which will interrupt
operation if the tape loop in the vacuum chamber becomes too large or
too small.
5-6. The supply reel drive assembly is composed of a servo motor, a
turntable, a reel retainer assembly, and a brake assembly. The servo
motor shaft extends to the front of the tape transport where the reel
turntable and retainer assembly are attached to the shaft.
5-7. The Ampex (NARTB) reel retainer assembly is a continuous contact
rubber doughnut type, cam actuated, which provides a positive indication of a locked or unlocked condition. Turning the reel retainer
handle 120 0 clockwise locks the reel in position; depressing the serrated end of the reel retainer handle unlocks the retainer, collapsing
the retainer tire, and permitting the removal of the reel.
II
II
5-8. The IBM compatible reel retainer is a compression actuated, continuous contact rubber "doughnut" type. Turning the retainer knob
clockwise compresses the retainer tire axially, causing radial expansion to lock the reel in position. Turning the knob counterclockwise allows the tire to restore, permitting removal of the reel.
5-1
- MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
CU-800
J701
,
SERVO OSCILLATOR
OSC 70r
!
_ _ _ _ _ -J
~__________~P702 qL__J_7_02____~
TB701
R._
VACUUM
BLOWER
r-:::l
~
TRANSDUCERS
TB702
J501
:a~
r-:::l
~
P301
A C
POWER
INPUT
J301
MANUAL
CONTROL
INPUT
TB703
UPPER
REEL
BRAKE
P304
REMOTE
CONTROL
-<]
C C 300
CONNECTOR
'CHASSIS
FS704
P305
REMOTE
WRITE
CONTROL
--<]
B
B
FORWARD
ACTUATORS
FS705
REVERSE
TB706
PS100
PS200
G
•
:
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
i-----l
I
I
I
..
•.••••
FS707
TB709
TB707
CAPSTAN DRIVE
MOTOR AND
RELAYS
COOLING FAN I •••
,.
I
L3~2~~J
INPUT
AND
OUTPUT
~
ELAPSED
TIME
METER
WRITE
READ
IL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C0253
Figure 5-1.
5-2
Interconnection of units
-.J
R EEL R E TAl NE R ----;-~~:;!-!~-----J!1'4
11;.----
VACUUM PORT
~---
S:UIPPLY REEL
. : - - - - VACUUM
CHAMBER
~---
SUPPLY
REEL BRAKE
PUSHBUTTON - - - - : -
TA.P€ SENSING
SL OT
- ; . - - - - TAPE PACKER
ARM
LEADER CLAMP ---~=
i ! ! - - - - CAPSTAN
TAPE
SENSING POST
--=---- CAPSTAN
ROLLER
--~1iI
ASSEMBLY
. " - - - SHORT LOOP
WARNING
SWITCH HOLE
~---
-;.--~-
LONG LOOP
WARNING
SWiTCH HOLE -----..
HEAD ASSEMBLY
TAKEUP
REEL BRAKE
PUSHBUTTON
--=---- TAKEUP REEL
POSITIVE
PRESSURE
INPUT PORT ----....
TRANSPORT
ACCESS DOOR
INTERLOCK
SWITCH - - - ----....~;;iI
12'9<0.0 os
Figure 5-2.
Tape Transport,
Front View
5-3
VACUUM BLOWER
=~~~_
UPPER REEL MOTOR
PHOTOSENSE CHASSIS
, - - - - - ELAPSED TIME METER
UPPER TRANSDUCER - - " '''-
VACUUM PIPING _ _ _--l:!~
---!!~
FORWARD FLYWHEEL
REVERSE FLYWHEEL
BELT IDLER _ _ _ _--l:!~
CAPSTAN DRIVE MOTOR
REEL BRAKE SWITCH
---l:!~
OSCILLATOR HOUSING
-----;;~
POSITIVE PRESSURE
BLOWER
REEL BRAKE SOLENOID
Figure 5-3.
5-4
Tap e Transport ,
Rear Vi ew
5-9. The brake assembly is mounted at the front of the servo motor
and consists of a brake drum (mounted on the motor shaft), a brake
shoe, a solenoid, and a loading spring. The brake is released when
the solenoid is energized, as,in normal operating conditions, and
applied when the solenoid is de-energized (equipment in STANDBY, door
interlock open, leader clamp interlock open, or vacuum lost for any
reason). Brake application when the solenoid is de-energized is accomplished by a spring-loaded mechanism. The REEL BRAKE pushbutton
allows the mechanical brakes to be released under non-operating
conditions.
5-10. All other components of the tape supply system operate in conjunction with the vacuum system. The functioning of the entire servo
control system is dictated by the vacuum chamber, a precision subassembly which forms and contains the tape loop, and isolates the reel
from the tape drive system. A hinged glass cover encloses the vacuum
chamber and forms a vacuum seal. Both ends of the chamber are vented
to the vacuum blower assembly; tape acts as a barrier to separate the
vacuum (created by the blower) from atmospheric pressure. Tape
sensing slots are located in the upper and lower halves of the chamber
base plate. These slots have a common junction within the base plate,
and are connected through rubber tubing to the transducer.
5-11. The transducer is a diaphragm-operated differential transformer
with the diaphragm pneumatically connected to the sensing slots. The
core of the transformer is attached to the diaphragm and moves as the
diaphragm moves. Any movement of the core from its null position
produces an error signal, which is routed to the servo control electronic circuit. This circuit, in turn, causes the reel drive motor
to increase or decrease the supply of tape in the chamber to eliminate
the error signal.
5-12. The loop warning switch also operates on the diaphragm principle, being closed whenever a difference in air pressure exists
(vacuum to atmospheric pressure), but opening when no difference
exists (either vacuum-to-vacuum or atmosphere-to-atmosphere). Two
holes are provided in the vacuum chamber, one opposite the opening
where the tape enters and leaves the chamber, one near the end of the
chamber (lower end for supply, upper end for take-up). The inside of
the diaphragm is connected to the hole opposite the tape entrance
opening; the outside is connected to the hole at the end of the
chamber.
5-13. The tape supply system also includes the write lockout switch
which may be used to prevent accidental writing over recorded information. This switch is actuated by a write lockout ring, attached to
5-5
the hub of the file reel. Normally open contacts are provided and are
typically used to permit writing when closed (by completing power circuitry to write amplifiers, etc.).
5-14. The tape drive system consists of a precision plate, on which
are mounted the·two capstans.and their associated actuators, the head
assembly, the leader clamp, two tape sensing posts, and two tape
packer arms. Also attached to the precision plate, but not considered
part of the tape drive system, are the two vacuum chambers. The purpose of the tape drive system is to remove tape ·from one reservoir
(typically the tape supply system), move it at a nominally constant
drive speed across the magnetic heads which record or reproduce information, and deposit it in another reservoir (typically the take-up
system). The tape drive system also ·controls the FAST REVERSE and
FAST FORWARD modes of tape travel.
5-15. Two counter-rotating capstans provide bi-dir,ectional tape drive.
The capstans are coupled through a belt and pulleys to the synchronous
capstan drive motor. This is a dual-speed motor (1800 rpm or 3600 rpm
at 60 cycles, 1500 rpm or 3000 rpm 'at 50 cycles) for both the normal
and the fast drive speeds. The motor and both capstans operate continuously whenever power is applied to the equipment. Relay contacts
select the applicable motor winding for the tape drive selected: The
low-speed winding for normal operation, or the high-speed winding for
the fast drives. Each capstan continuously drives its associated roller through a rubber quad-ring (at the b~se of the capstan)~ thus the
rollers also are continuously rotating when power is applied.
5-16. While the speed of tape travel is determined by the capstans,
the movement of the tape is controlled by the actuators which position
the rollers. Two actuators are provided, one for each capstan. These
assemblies are mounted on the back of the precision plate, with the
actuator shaft extending through the plate to the front of the tape
transport. On this shaft is mounted a rocker arm, with the roller
mounted at one end, and a tape inertia brake at the other end. There
are two stable positions possible for the actuator: ON, when the roller clamps the tape against the capstan to drive the tape, 'and OFF,
when the roller is withdrawn from the capstan~ At the moment of withdrawal, the brake overshoots momentarily, locking the tape between a
rubber block and a metal post, quickly overcoming the small inertia of
the moving tape.
5-17. A special d-c actuator drives the capstan roller assembly. The
actuator is controlled by a driver circuit, in the transport electronics
assembly, which in turn derives its signals from the command source.
~-6
The direction of tape motion is determined by which actuator is ON,
since the two capstans rotate in opposite directions.
5-18. A typical head assembly (Figure 5-4) is composed of two tape
guides, a write head stack, a read head stack, a hinged shield, base
plate, and head cover. Accuracy of tape guiding across the heads is
ensured by the precise machining of the base and tape guides, which
are mounted at either side o f the head stacks. The g uide edges are
accurately positioned to ensure interchangeability of tapes from
machine to machine. The exact head assembly u sed on indiv idual
machines is shown in section IX.
5-19. The leader clamp provides a convenient mean s o f ho lding the
permanent tape leader while attaching the leade r to the magnetic tape.
If the clamp inadvertently is left closed again s t the upper sensing
post, the leader clamp interlock will remain ope n a n d preve nt tape
mo ti o n.
5-20. The two tape sensing posts, located at the top and bottom of
the precision plate, provide tape sensing fac ilities to s i g nal end o f
file, beginning o f file, etc. These posts, in the tape threading path
between each reel and vacuum chamber, consist of thre e i n s u lated
sections. The innermost section is connected t o chassis g r ound; if
contact is made between that section and the ce nter se ction (by the
use of metal-backed tape) a remote warning c i rc uit may b e actuated.
When an end- o f-tape relay is used contact acro ss a ll three sections
will ener g ize the relay and stop
the tape.
5-21. The tape tak e-up system is
identical t o the tape supply system previously described, except
that no write lockout switch is
provided on the l ower reel assembly.
5-22. The v acuum f or the v acuum
chambers is derived from the vacuum blower assembly. The blower
proper is a two-stage centrifugal
fan, driven by a universal-wound
a-c motor, shock-mo unted into the
main vacuum blower assembly. The
motor is supplied with regulated
power from the e x ternally mounted
voltage regulator. A bleeder port
?.' ---- SIGNAL CONN ECTORS
,
t
SCREW
Figure 5-4 .
~
CAP
He ad Assembly
5-7
is partially covered by a sliding flap, permitting adjustment of vacuum pressure; this port is on the transport side of the manifold. The
vacuum manifold is formed from plastic butyrate tubing and couplings.
The manifold is bonded and sealed. The air expelled from the vacuum
blower is filtered to prevent dispersal of dust, etc., in the cabinet
rack.
5-23. The positive pressure blower assembly is mounted at the lower
right-hand side of the main tape transport frame (as viewed from the
rear). Air pressure introduced by this assemb.ly ensures that air is
always leaking from the tape handling enclosure when the access door
is closed. This slight pressurization of the tape handling enclosure
keeps out external dust and foreign material. Intake air at the blower
is filtered to ensure that it is clean and dust-free.
5-24. The servo oscillator is not part of the transport proper, being
more closely associated with the transport electronics assembly. It
is, however, physically located on the lower left side of the transport,
as viewed from the rear.
-5-25. The servo oscillator is constructed on an etched circuit board,
with contacts provided at one end to form a connector. The mating
connector, J701, is part of the transport wiring, as are the gain adjustment potentiometers R701 and R702. These components are mounted
to the transport, shielded by a metal housing. A pair of slides on
the inner walls of the housing accept the etched board and align it
with J701.
5-26. A removable cover plate is provided, secured with snap-action
fasteners, to permit insertion or withdrawal of the etched board.
The shafts of potentiometers R701 and R702 protrude' through holes
prov~ded in the housing to facilitate adjustment.
5-27.
TRANSPORT ELECTRONICS ASSEMBLY.
(Figure 5-5)
5-28. The transport electronics assembly consists of the electronics
and servo motor power supplies (PS-IOO and PS-200), the connector
ch~ssis (CC-300), the actuator control (AC-400), and the servo amplifier (SA-500).
5-29. Etched board construction and terminal board wiring are used.
The two main chassis, the Electronics Power Supply (PS-IOO) and the
Servo Motor Power supply (PS.-200) are attached to mounting brackets •.
The various sub-assemblies, all readily removable, are mounted on top
of the Electronics Power Supply (PS-IOO) chassis.
5-8
5-30. The electronics power supply sub-assembly furnishes the necessary d-c and a-c voltages for operation of the servo amplif~er and
the actuator control unit.
It also serves as the support chassis for
these two units, and for the connector chassis.
5-31. The connector chassis is mounted at one end of the main chassisi the balance of the top surface is covered by a panel, hinged to
provide ready access to the internal wiring. Mounted on this hinged
panel are slides which accept the etched boards of the servo amplifier
and actuator control unit, brackets for mating connectors for these
units, and lever-operated release mechanisms to facilitate "withdrawal
of the boards.
5-32. When the tape transport is turned on, 117 vac is supplied to
the primaries of power transformers TI02, located beneath the connector chassis, and TIOl, located beneath the hinged panel at the opposite end of the ps-IOO electronics power supply. An additional tap
on the ·primary of TI02 furnishes 135 vac to the capstan drive motor.
The various secondaries of TI02 furnish 6.3 vac for the filaments of
the thyratrons in the actuator control unit and the tubes in the
transducer oscillator. A 52 vac center-tapped winding feeds rectifiers, in the manual control panel, which supply the -24 vdc voltages
to the control circuitry. Fuses f or this circuit are located beneath
the hinged cover. The high-voltage winding furnishes 450 vac to a
SERVO MOTOR
POWER SUPPLY
PS-200
ELECTRONI CS
POWER SUPPLY
PS-IOO (HIDDEN) --LhL--~-~~~!f..li;~~
;;'~~~"
I
ACTUATOR CONTROL
AC-400 -~~
"
¥
::. •
___
-:::
CONNECTOR CHASSIS
CC - 300
O .r.:;;;;"
'M
SERVO AMPLIFIER
SA- 500 ---i_"'1I!.~_1
•
~~ .~ ,
,«,
-::=::::::::..
....
Figure 5-5.
Transport Electronics Assembly
5-9
bridge rectifier, . from which dc is connected to the coil and contacts
of an overload relay (KlOl). This relay is set to operate on an overload of approximately 400 rna, and breaks the overload through its own
contacts, causing the relay to drop out and re-cycle rapidly.
(The
output of the rectifier also furnishes, through a dropping resistor,
+14 vdc to the actuator control circuitry.) From the overload relay,
the high voltage is supplied to a thyratron (Vl04) and associated components located beneath the connector chassis which are used a "recharge electronics switch" for charging the ac~uator capacitors. The
filament of the thyratron is supplied 2.5 vac from transformer TI02.
5-33. Ground lug 101 is mounted on the PS-IOO electronics power supply to provide a common grounding point for all circuits in the tape
transport. A cable, part of the CC-300 connector chassis, brings
ground leads for all circuits from the connector chassis to ground
lug 101. Fanning strip FSIOl, also part of the CC-300 wiring~ c6nnects with terminal board TBIOI on the electronics power supply. Separate individual leads are also provided for c,onnection to TB192. Additional portions of the CC-300 CQnnector chassis wiring are brought
out of the CC-300 to provide connectors J401 and J501 (mating connectors for the AC-400 and SA-500 etched boards), which are physically
supported on the PS-IOO chassis. Another branch of the cabling provides leads for connection to TB201 and TB202 on the servo motor power
supply.
5-34. The PS-200 servo motor power supply' is a thyrat~on power supply,
used to furnish power to the windings of the servo motors as dictated
by the servo amplifier and the transducers. The eight thyratrons,
V20l through V208, are mounted in a line along one side of the chassis.
In a row paralleling the thyratrons are transformers T205, T206, and
T207. Transformer T205, mounted in the center, provides f{lament voltage for all of the thyratrons. plate transformers T206 and T207'are
supplied with 117 vac, delayed 45 seconds to,permit filament warm-up.
Below the chassis are terminal boards TB201 and 'TB202 and an etched
circuit board assembly which contains grid biasing transformers Tl
through T4 and their associated components.
\
,
!
I
5-35. The CC-300 connector chassis mounts on the electronics power
supply and forms a central point for interconnection of the various
units and for inputs and outputs to the power and control circuits.
5-36. On the connector chassis are located circuit preakers CB30l,
CB302, and CB303. Breakers CB301 and CB302 protect the power input,
while CB303 protects the positive pressure and v~cuum blowers, the
cooling fan, and the PS-IOO power transformer TIOi. Fuse F301 pro-'
tects the PS-IOO power transformer\Tl02 and the drive motor supply
\
5-10
power. The top panel also mounts five connectors. J30l mates with
P30l, part of the transport wiring. J302 is the power input connector; J303 is the local control connector. When a manual control
panel is used, P303, part of its wiring, will mate with J303. When
no manual control panel is used, equivalent circuitry must be connected through J303. Receptacle J304, the REMOTE connector, provides a
means of connection to external circuitry for automatic or remote controlled operation; receptacle J305 is used for connection of remote
circuitry associated with the write control function.
5-37. The AC-400 actuator control is constructed entirely on an
etched circuit board. This board is supported within slides mounted
on the PS-IOO electronics power supply, and mates with connector J40l.
5-38. The SA-500 servo amplifier, like the AC-400 actuator control,
is constructed entirely on an etched circuit board. It is supported
by slides mounted on the PS-IOO electronics power supply and mates
with connector J50l.
5-39.
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL, CU-800.
5-40. The CU-SOO manual control panel (Figure 5-6) is optional. The
unit may be used to provide local primary control over the tape transport. It is intended to be rack mounted below the transport proper;
its control surface is tilted for ease of operation. When the transport electronics assembly is mounted horizontally, the manual control
panel may be mounted directly in front of it. The following controls
and indicators are mounted on the c6ntrol surface:
\
SWITCH
FUNCTION
POWER
Controls power to the equipment.
MODE SELECTOR
Selects automatic, standby, or manual modes.
MANUAL CONTROL
Selects tape direction and speed in manual mode.
MANUAL WRITE!
LEADER DRIVE
Selects circuitry to enable writing function or
allows the operator to defeat the end-of-tape interlock.
INDICATOR
POWER
Indicates when power is applied to equipment.
READY
Indicat.es when interlocks, time delays, etc., are
complete and transport is ready for use.
5-11
5-41.
PHOTO SENSE UNIT.
5-42. The optional photosense unit is composed of an electronic chassis which mounts on the rear of the transport frame and a photosense.
head which mounts on the supply reel vacuum chamber above the tape
guide.
5-43. The electronics chassis, which contains all of the circuitry
for photosens ing, uses a combination of terminal board construction
and etched boards. Terminal board TB2, located at one end of the chassis, provides connections for the signal inputs from the head and the
d-c lamp power to the head. At the other end of the chassis are terminal boards TB3 and TB4 which provide connections for the outputs of
the unit.
5-44. Five connectors, Jl through J5, accept the various etched
boards: Jl and J2 the composite amplifier boards; J3 the 12 volt
power supply board; J4 the 10 volt power supply board; and J5 the 6
volt power supply board.
S806
S801
S802
Figure 5-6.
5-12
S803
Manual control Panel
5-45. Transformer Tl in the chassis provides 32 vac and 16' vac to the
power supplies. Beside the transformer is a bracket mounting diodes
CR1, CR2, and CR3, terminal board TB1, and when used, the output relays.
5-46. A cover is provided for. the entire· electronics unit with cutouts for access to terminal boards TB1, TB2, and TB3.
5-47. The photosense head consists of a light source and the necessary photo-electric elements to sense light from the source when reflected by markers on the tape.
5-13
SECTION VI
ELECTRICAL DPERATIDN
6-1.
BASIS OF DISCUSSION.
6-2. The principles of operation of the tape transport are readily
divided into two main categories: control of tape motion and control
of the servo mechanisms which control the length of loop in the tape
storage chambers.
6-3. The explanation of circuit operation will be more clearly understood by referring to the circuit diagrams appearing in Section VIII of
this instruction book.
6-4.
ACTUATOR CONTROL.
6-5. The first principle to be understood with respect to the actuator is that the speed of tape motion is determined solely by the capstans. The capstan speed, in turn, is controlled by the synchronous
drive motor which receives its motive force from the a-c line. The
direction of tape motion is controlled by the capstan rollers, each of
which engages the tape with one of the two counter-rotating capstans.
6-6. Two identical actuators for control of tape movement in the forward and reverse directions are mounted on the rear of the precision
plate of the tape transport. Shafts extend to the front of the precision plate, with yokes clamped to these shafts to support the rollers
and inertia brakes.
6-i. Each actuator is similar in design to a polarized relay. Two·
permanent magnets are used to establish the two stable conditions-ON, when the roller clamps the tape against the rotating capstan, and
OFF, when the roller is pulled away from the tape and the capstan.
6-8. The actuator shaft, mounted between the two permanent magnets,
has a flat reed brazed to it which serves as an armature. Flux linkage between the two magnets through this reed tends to hold it in· its
last set position until the opposite coil, form-wound to fit around
the reed structure, is pulsed with a short burst of current to form an
electromagnet. The two coils create opposing magnetic fields. Thus,
one of them is always available to reverse the flux in the reed and
cause the reed to flip to the other stable position. The total rotation of the reed as measured at the pole faces is only a few thousandths
of an inch. The time required to shift from one position to the other
is on the order of 800 microseconds.
6-1
6-9. The forward·and reverse actuator circuits are identical; only
the forward actuator circuit is described.
6-10. A simplified diagram of the forward actuator circuit is shown
in Figure 6-1 where the common connection of the actuator ON and OFF'
coils is connected to a positive voltage source (C106). The other connection of each coil is taken to the anode of a thyratron, the cathode
of the thyratron being returned to ground. A negative voltage source
(C405) connected via the center tap of the sec~ndary of grid input
transformer T408 to the thyratron grids holds the thyratrons off.
6-11. An actuator coil is energized by firing the thyratron connected
to it. Both manual and automatic inputs are used to fire the thyratrons. When the manual Forward start terminal (P303, pin 40) is
grounded, capacitor C409 charges, dropping the bias voltage to V404
grid across R415, and allows V404 to fire. C106 now discharges
through the actuator ON coil and V404 to switch the actuator to the
ON condition. Similarly, grounding the manu~l stop terminal fires
thyratron V403 to switch the actuator to the OFF condition.
6-12. The automatic Forward input terminal (P303, pin 34) is connected
via C408 and R413 to the primary of transformer T408. A positive-going
change of voltage applied to this terminal charges C408, allows a short
burst of current to flow in the transformer primary which in turn induces a voltage in the secondary to overcqme the bias voltage on the
+ ------~------------------------------------------~
RI05
RI06
lOOK
I MEG
CI05
470mfd
LIOI
CI06
R415
R411
o
C405
~
______4-__
~~
____
T408=
~~~---------J
.C407r
STOP
Figure 6-1.
6-2
r
C409
FORWARD
Forward Actuator' Circuit (Simplified)
'
grid of V404 and allows it to fire. CI06 now discharges th~ough the
actuator ON coil and switches the actuator to the ON condition. A
negative-going voltage change at the automatic input terminal induces
a voltage in the opposite direction in T40B, allows V403 to fire and
switches the actuator off.
6-13. A thyratron cannot be turned off by a voltage applied to its
grid; the anode-cathode voltage must be removed or reversed before the
grid can regain control. This is accomplished by the discharge of
CI06. When an' actuator thyratron is fired, current flows from CI06
(and continues to flow after the grid bias voltage has been restored)
through the actuator coil and thyratron until CI06 is discharged. The
actuator coil now becomes a voltage source, due to the decaying magnetic field in the coil, and applies a reverse voltage to the anode
which cuts off the thyratron and allows the grid to regain control.
6-14. The charging current to CI06 is taken from a bridge rectifier
power supply. When the system is first switched on, CI06 charges
slowly via RIOS. By the time the filament of VI04 reaches operating
temperature, CI06 is fully charged, no voltage difference exists between the anode and cathode of VI04 and it remains cut off. When CI06
is completely discharged by an actuator operation VI04 bypasses RIOS
to provide a fast charging circuit, ensuring a fully charged Cl06 when
it is needed. When CI06 discharges, the cathode voltage of VI04 is
reduced beyond the point where firing becomes possible. VI04, however,
does not fire immediately but is delayed to allow CI06 to discharge
fully and allow the actuator thyratron to be cut off as described in
6-13 above. 'This delay is performed by a resistor and capacitor in the
grid circuit (RI06 and CIOS). As long as CI06 is discharging, CIOS will
also be discharging through RI06 and, due to the voltage drop across
RI06, will bias the grid negative with respect to the cathode and prevent firing. When a steady state is reached, the negative charge on
VI04grid leaks away through RI06 and VI04 fires, charging CI06 through
a choke (LIOl). After .CI06 is charged to the supply voltage, a voltage
induced by the decaying field around LIOI drives the cathode of VI04
positive with respect to its anode and grid and allows it to cut off.
The circuit is now ready for the next actuator operation.
6-15. The identical reverse actuator circuit is driven from the same
power supply as the forward actuator circuit (figure B-3). Because
the vl04 capacitor charging circuit is common to both forward and
reverse actuator circuits, isolation must be provided to prevent Cl06
discharging when the reverse actuator is operated and CI07 discharging
when the forward actuator is operated. Diodes CRI07-110 provide this
isolation. In the event that both CI06 and Cl07 are discharged together (this can occur when a safety interlock switches both actuators
6-3
OFF) VI04 will continue to supply charging current until both capacitors are charged before cutting off.
6-16. Figure 6-2a shows the voltage waveform seen at the anode of an
actuator thyratron (V40l, V402, V403, or V404) during operation. A":t
the start of the trace the thyratron is fired by the removal of the
negative bias from its grid; the anode voltage drops from 600 to approximately 10 volts, the voltage drop across the thyratron and its
cathode resistor during conduction. At approximately BOO microseconds
after firing Cl06 is completely discharged and the anode voltage begins to go negative, cutting off the thyratron. The voltage then
rises rapidly as Vl04 fires and charges Cl06 (or Cl07) •
6-17. The thyratron anode voltage waveform is seen again in the
lower trace of Figure 6-2b. Shown for comparison in the upper trace
is the voltage across Cl06 or Cl07. The discharge and charge current·
in Cl06 or Cl07 is shown in Figure 6-3. This current waveform is displayed by connecting the oscilloscope across a 0.1 ohm resistor inserted'in series with the capacitor.
(The slight discontinuity at
200-250 microseconds is caused by the change in the actuator coil inductance as the armature moves to its new position.)
6-lB. When taking measurements during actuator operation shunt loading of the actuator coils should be avoided. Excessive loading will
damp the coil and reduce the negative voltage available to cut off
the thyratron.
1
or-
I'
.,
-'
\
\
.. .,
LL )
-
1'\
1)
VERTICAL:
HORIZONTAL:
OLTS
200 VOLTS / DIVISION
500 USEC / DIVISION
Figure 6-2a.
Waveshape, Anode of V404
6-4
(
-- ""
I
,I-
,.
'.
---~~
UPPER TRACE:
VERTICAL:
HORIZONTAL:
VOLTAGE, CI07
300 VOLTS / DIVISION
500 USEC / DIVISION
LOWER TRACE:
ANODE, V404
VERTICAL :
HORIZONTAL:
300 VOLTS / DIVISION
500 USEC / DIVISION
Figure 6-2b.
Waveshapes I CI07/Anode of V404
6-19. Figure 6-4 shows the waveforms seen at the cathode a~d grid of
Vl04 during an operating cycle. At the start of the trace an actuator
thyratron has fired and Cl06 or Cl07 starts to discharge. The cathode
voltage (upper trace) follows the capacitor discharge curve while the
grid voltage (lower curve) follows the discharge curve only until a
steady state is reached. At this point (600 microseconds) the charge
on the grid capacitor leaks off through the grid resistor until at
about 1200 microseconds the grid voltage is sufficient to allow the
thyratron to fire.
The cathode and grid voltages now increase to the
supply voltage followed by further increase in grid voltage due to the
grid capacitor. The grid then restores to the same voltage as the
cathode as the grid charge leaks away through the grid resistor.
6-20. An overloa'd relay (KIOI Figure 8-3) . is included in the power
supply circuit to prevent damage to the bridge rectifier if severe
overload occurs in the 600 vdc circuit. The overload relay coil is
by-passed with a variable resistor RIIO that is used to set the overload cut-out point. The rectified AC from the bridge rectifier is
used to charge two large capacitors (CI03 and CI04). The charging
current to CI06 and CI07 is taken from these capacitors and there is
no excessive power supply load during the charging cycle.
6-21. Because of the time required for an actuator to complete one
cycle, it is mandatory that the spacing of commands to the actuator be
no closer than 2.5 milliseconds, regardless of the command. If for
""
\
:~L
I
L
,..'
~
...
~
7 ",
-..
,-
,r
I'
~ ~J
I\,.
VERTICAL:
HORIZONTAL:
~
5 AMPERES/DIVISION
500 USEC / DIVISION
Figure 6-3.
Waveshape, Discharge Current CI07
UPPER TRACE:
VERTICAL:
HORIZONTAL:
CATHODE, VI04
300 VOLTS/ DIVISION
500 USEC / DIVISION
LOWER TRACE:
VERTICAL:
HORIZONTAL:
GRID, VI04
300 VOLTS /DIVISION
500 USEC / DIVISION
Figure 6-4.
Waveshapes, Cathode/Grid VI04
6-5
any reason a command signal to the ;.sy~~em is programmed closer than
2.5 milliseconds to a previous co~ari<;(i' tw~ things may occur:
(1)
The control thyratron assoc-ia~ed with the previous command
will not be permitted'to;'cutLoff (by virtue of the second
command). As a consequenr:e,' :V104will connect the power
supply to ground via the~:::'thyratron and actuator coil.
(2)
The grid of V104 will h~ve insufficient time for return to
ground potential afterth~'p.ev1ous -command, and V104 will
fire prematurely; this, ~l:i' 'tUrn, will shunt the power supply
across the actuator coii:':111V9lved with the result that th'e
associated control thyr,~t~'9~~w.i.ll,not cut off.
In either instance, the power supply will be overloaded, and the overload relay K10l will energize. As tbe~contacts of K10l brea~ th$ power
connection, C103-C1041and either Cl.P6'o~ C107 will discharge rapidly'
through whichever control thyratro'l)~··; 1s:.still conducting, and by the
time the relay contacts again clo,s~"t.he power circui t, the con trol
thyratron will be back to normal' status. Thus, .accidental programming of commands too clos,e, tOS,ethe~ ~111 not damage the eq;uipment (because of the overload safety' feature)' ,but will cause the sequential
nature of the programming to be 1nt~r~\lptec.i by one or more missed functions.
'
6-22. Two external input co'nnect1onS ~re provided at the terminals
7 and 9 of the actuator control etcbecrboardassembly AC-400: these
terminals are connected to terminals 34 and 35 of J303. The input
common lead is connected to terminal 8, of the etched board assembly;
this common lead may be grounded if desired, but it must serve as the
return for the automatic input signals. start and 'stop command's must
be generated by a dc voltage level change. The actuator will function
on an 8 volt (+12, -0) level change~ such as -10 to 0 vdc or 0 to +10
vdc for the start command, maintained at the particular voltage for the
duration of the run time. Returning the command level to the original
level constitutes a stop command. The level of these commands should
not exceed 25 vdc. The rise time of tbis step function de signal
should be no greater than 10 ~icroseconds. The top pattern of Figure
6-5 indicates such an input Signal.
6-23. The dc level change is ~ppl~ed to current limiting resistor
R4l3, thr'ough the parallel network of C408-R4l4, and thence to the
primary of' pulse transforme'r :T408. (The R-C network raises the dc
input impedancs of the system to ,pr,event undue' loading of the external
source.) The combination' of the input'network'andthe pulse trans~ormer i~ such that at 'terminal 1 of '1'408 only a sharp spike remains
6-6
/
of the original input signal. This is illustrated by, the bottom pattern of Figure 6-5. The peaked signal in the primary of T408 is
stepped up and applied to the grids of V403 and V404.
(See Figure
6-6.) An ON signal causes a positive spike to appear at the primary
of T408i a positive spike will then appear at the grid of V404, causing V404 to conduct and shift the actuato~ ON. At the same time, a
neg"ative spike is applied to the grid of V403, adding to the already
present fixed dc bias so that V403 does not conduct. If the input
command is OFF (signal shifting from zero volts to -10 volts), a positive signal will be applied to the grid of V403 and a negative signal
applied to the grid of V404.
6-24. Four external manual control connections are provided at terminals 12, 4, 6 and 10 of the etched board AC-400, corresponding to
terminals 44, 41, 40 and 42 of J303. Application of a ground or a
positiv.e dc level change to these terminals will cause the indicated
actuator operation to occur. For example, suppose it is desired to
shift the forward actuator to ON. Applying a ground to terminal 6 of
the etched board by means of an external relay or switch will cause a
positive spike to appear at the grid of V404. The spike is created
by the charging of .002 mfd capacitor C409 through the grid circuit of
V404. When the ground is subsequently removed from terminal 6, C409
discharges via shunt resistor R417i the circuit thus is ready for the
next similar command. As the ground is applied to terminal 4, a positive spike appears at the grid of V403 and the forward actuator shifts
to OFF. Shunt ca~acitor C406B bypasses any transient impulses
picked up via the external wiring.
If the manual control is returned
I
to +14 vdc instead of ground, es, " rr
~
sentially the same results are
1
...Il'
,.
obtained, but a positive-going
'-r'
spike of greater amplitude is provided to the associated thyratron
grid.
-
6-25. The external manual control
system must be interlocked by
switches and/or relays to prevent
application opposed or contrary
co~~ands.
For example, it should
not be possible to apply a forward
ON and a reverse ON command simultaneously, (or in sequence
without going through an OFF
command). The limitation on
"
I
I
UPPER TRACE:
TYPICAL INPUT SIGNAL
VERTICAL:
HORIZONTAL:
10 VOLTS I DIVISION
5 MSEC I DIVISION
LOWER TRACE:
VERTICAL:
TERMINAL I, T408
10 VOLTS I DIVISION
HORIZONTAL
5 MSEC/DIVISION
Figure 6-5.
Waveshapes, Typical AC-400
Input/Resulting Pulse
6-7
spacing of commands is the same as during automatic operation: 2.5
milliseconds minimum between subsequent commands. It is also recom~
mended ,that the auto~atic and manual inputs be interlocked so that it
,is impossible to apply simultaneous manual and automatic signals.
Such in'terlocks are included in the Ampex Manual Control Panel, and
are also indicated in Figure 2-7~
6-26. 'An, actuator interlock circuit prevents one actuator being
switched ON if the other actuator, is already ON and th:us reduces the
possibili ty of damaged tape. Simu.ltaI?-eous ON ,condi tions can arise in
three ways:
(1)
Start commands applied to the
(2)
Start commands applied when the other actuator is already
ON.
(3)
Inadvertent firing of one actuator ON due to external noise
when the other actuator is on the ON position.
(4)
Failure of an actuator to move from the ON posit,ion to the
OFF 'position due to a defective actuator or thyratron.
inpu~s.
TO INTERLOCK
CIRCUITRY
R410
4.7 MEG.,
MAN FWD OFF
C406B
~.OOI
R451
6800
R414
22K
FWD AUTO
FWD
OFF
C407
.0022
V403
'T«>B
R413
100
C408
.47
R412
(OOK
R415
27K
R416
lOOK
R417
4.7 MEG
MAN FWD ON
I
Figure 6-6.
6-8
-
III
R411
271.<
C406A
.001
FROM INTERLOCK
C409
.0022
CR40
Forward Actuator Control (Partial Schematic)
The interlock circuit will prevent simultaneous ON conditions caused
by the second and third conditions, but not the first or fourth.
6-27. The forward and reverse interlock circuits are identical; only
the forward interlock is described.
6-28. The forward interlock circuit is shown in.Figure 6-7. The circuit consists of a flip-flop with emitter-follower input, an AND gate,
and an OR gate. The flip-flop is set when the reverse actuator is
pulsed on and will then prevent the forward actuator ON thyratron from
firing. The flip-flop is reset when the reverse actuator OFF thyratron fires and will then permit the forward ON thyratron to fire when
a command is made.
6-29. The flip-flop consists of two transistors, Q404 and Q406,
emitter, coupled with a common emitter resistor to provide regeneration.
The circuit is unbalanced to ensure that when the syste~ is first
switched on, Q404 will be conducting and Q406 will be held off; the
reset state.
6-30. In the reset state Q404 is conducting due to the base current
from the positive 12 volt supply via R440 and R438. The collector
RESET
RESET
OFF
ON
-12V --~-----------------o--------------~------------~~--------,
R434
R435
4.7K
5.1 K .
C416
.2
C417
.1
V401
. CR409
CR412
CR413
R441
2.2K
R440
2.2K
I MEG
V402
CR411
CR410
4.7.n.
8V
Figure 6-7.
+12V
FORWARD
"ON" CIRCUIT
REVERSE
AUTO INPUT
Forward·Interlock Circuit (Simplified)
6-9
current is dropped across R441, preventing any base current flowing in
Q406. ,The emitters of both transistors are tied together and, due to
the current in Q404, dropped 'across the emitter resistor, R437, are
held at 1 volt positive with respect to the negative 12 volt supply.v
The base of Q406 is held close to this supply by R436 and is biased
off. The emitter follower input stage (Q405) is biased off, the base
~s held to the negative 12 volt supply while the emitter is a fraction
of a volt positive to this supply, being tied to the base of Q406.
6-31. The ,flip-flop is set by applying a positive-going pulse to
either input of the OR gate (CR4l1 or CR4l2). The input pulse applied to CR4l1 is from the reverse automatic' input to the actuator
control while the input pulse applied to CR4l2 is generated across
the cathode resistor of V402 when that thyratron fires. Regardless
of which input is used the result is that capacitor C417 charges'via
R434 and the base circuit of transistor Q405 in parallel. With current flowing in the base circuit Q405 switches on and causes base
current to flow in Q406 which in turn switches on. As the cO'llector
current is dropped across R437 and R440, the 0404 base current is reduced and the emitter voltage increased. Transistor Q404 switches
off, its collector voltage increases and base current to 0406 is supplied from the positive 12 volt supply via R441 and R439 to hold 0406
on. As this switching action is regenerative (Q406 switching on in
turn switches Q404 off which in turn switches 0406 on), the circuit
is quite sensitive to input pulses.
6-32. When the flip-flop is set the AND gate consisting of diodes
CR409 and CR410 is inhibited and thyratron V404 cannot fire. In the
set condition the junction of R440, CR409, and Q406 collector is held
close to the 12 volt negative supply, the grid of V404 remains at this
voltage regardless of the condition of the grid input applied via
CR410.
6-33. The flip-flop is reset when thyratron V401 fires. The thyratron cathode 'current causes a positive-going voltage change across the
cathode resistor which in turn charges C416 via the base circuit of
Q4'04. Q404 starts to turn on and 0406 off. The circui t is regenerative as described in paragraph 6-31.
6-34. When the flip-flop is reset the AND gate controlling the firing
of V404 is enabled (the negative voltage is removed from CR409 cathode)
and V404 can be fired.
6-35. The operation in manual and automatic modes is similar except
that the flip-flop is set by the firing of the reverse ON thyratron
in the manual mode and by the automatic reverse ON pulse in the automatic mode.
6-10
6-36. Two power supplies are used for the interlock circuit. The -12
volt supply consists of rectifier CR404i filter network C412, R419,
and C413i and shunt regulator Zener diode, CR41S. The +12 vo;t.t s'LlPpl.y
consists of rectifier CR403i filter network C410, R418, and C441i and
shunt regulator Zener diode CR416.
6-37.
SERVO SYSTEM.
6-38. Two identical servo systems are used to drive the ~ape supply
and take-up reels. The tape drive system takes the tape from the
supply vacuum chamber, drives it over the head assembly, and feeds it
into the take-up vacuum chamber. The servo system supplies tape to
and removes tape from the vacuum chambers to maintain a constant length
of tape in each vacuum chamber. The vacuum keeps the tape at the correct tension to prevent buckling or folding and allows the tape length
in each chamber to be sensed by the servo system.
6-39. The loop of tape in a vacuum chamber divides the chamber into
three areas, the center area is open to the atmosph~re while the upper
and lower areas are open to the vacuum system. Slots in the back plate
of the vacuum chambers are connected by tubing to the servo transducers
which are able to detect variations in air pressure. The air pressure
seen by the transducer is proportional to the length of slot in each
of the pressure areas in the vacuum chamber. As the length of tape
loop changes the length of the senSing slot in each pressure area
changes and the sum of the pressures as seen by the transducer changes.
Increases iq tape loop size cause the area exposed to the atmqsphere
to increase and the area exposed to the vacuum to decrease. The result is an increase in the pressure seen by the transducer and an
output from the transducer Signalling ,the servo system that tape must
be removed from the vacuum chamber. 'Decreases in tape loop size decrease the area exposed to the atmosphere and increase the area exposed to the vacuum, thus causing a decrease in transducer pressure
and a Signal to the servo system to supply tape to the chamber. When
the correct tape loop size is reached the pressure areas ,are such that
the transducer gives no output to the servo system and the tape reels
are stopped.
6-40. Figure 6-8 shows a block diagram of the servo systems. Each
system includes a obi-directional series-wound d-c motor, a thyratron
speed control circuit for each motor winding (forward and reverse) , .a
three-stage vacuum tube amplifier circuit for each speed control circuit, and a demodulator circuit. Input to the system is provided from
an oscillator via two transducers operated by the vacuum system.
6-41. The servo amplifier (SA-SOO) and the servo power supply (PS~200)
form the intermediate link petween the tape position error signals and
6-11
the rotation of the servo motors. It should be noted that the only
moving mechanical parts of the servo system are the transducer diaphragm arid core, the servo motors, the reels, and the tape itself.
6-42.
The following discussion will be limited to the upper servo
system (associated with supply reel and left vacuum chamber). Details
of the lower servo system (take-up reel and. right vacuum chamber) are
identical. Note that the two servos are independent and that servo
action in one vacuum chamber has no effect on the other. It is possible therefore, under certain progranuningsequ~nces, for one reel to
be rotating clockwise and the other counterclockwise for very short
periods.
6-43.
The transducer is an adjustable pnematic, diaphragm-op.era,ted
linear variable differential transformer. Air pressure from the sensing slots in the vacuum chamber is connected by tubing to one side of
a sensing diaphragm, which expands and contracts linearly with changes
in va.cuum within the plenum.behind the senSing slot. The core of the
transformer is rigidly attached .tothe diaphr~gm, so that movement of
the diaphragm displaces· the core with respect to the cylindrically
wound primary and secondary windings.
TAPE TRANSPORT MECHANISM
r--------------
SERVO MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
PS-200
,---------------------------------------1 r-------,
SERVO AMPLIFIER SA-:;OO
F!lE
REEL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
TAKEUP
REEL
L __________ ~ ___ -1
L __________ ·________________________ ~_J
L ______ _
Figure 6-8 • . Block Diagram, Reel Servo System
6-12
6-44. The primary of the transformer is excited at nominally 2000
cps by the oscillator (OSC-700), the output amplitude of the oscillator
being varied to adjust servo gain. When the core is positioned equidistant between the primary and the two secondaries, the output from
the phase-opposed secondaries are equal. When the diaphragm moves
the core away from the center position, unequal voltages are induced
in the two secondaries.
6-45. When properly adjusted, the transducer produces a null with the
ends of the tape loop approximately 14 inches apart in the vacuum chamber. Changes in length of the tape loops in either the long or short
loop directions will cause a corresponding output voltage change as
measured across the transformer secondaries.
6-46. These changes in secondary output voltage serve as the speed
and direction sense for servo motor control. Overall sensing is such
that the servo motors always try to rotate the tape reel in the direction that will return the tape loop length to the transducer null condition.
6-47. The oscillator assembly, mounted on the rear of the tape transport, is a three-stage unit, composed of oscillator, buffer stage, and
push-pull power output stage. A block diagram is shown in Figure 6-9.
6-48. The B+ and filament power for operation of the oscillator is obtained from the PS-100 power supply.
6-49. Signals developed across the plate load of the oscillator are
attenuated and shifted in phase by the RC networks composed of C2-R4,
C3-R5, and C4-R6.
(See Figure 8-6.) At the 2000 cps frequency of
the oscillator, each of the frequency selective networks shifts the
signal in phase by 60 0 , so that the signal appearing at the grid of
oscillator tube ViA is 180 0 out of phase with the signal at the plate,
thus supporting and sustaining oscillation.
6-50. The oscillator signal is applied to V1B, which functions principally as a buffer to prevent any load changes at the output from
interacting with the oscillator.
6-51. The push-pull power output stage consists of the two halves of
V2 in a conventional circuit, driving output transformer Tl, which in
turn feeds the primaries of the transducers. Potentiometers, between
the secondaries of this transformer and the primaries of the transducers are used to set servo system gain. Typical oscillator output
is shown in Figure 6-10.
6-13
6-52. The servo amplifier board consists of two demodulators and two
d-c amplifiers., Only the demodulator and d-c amplifier relating to
the upper servo will be discussed here.
6-53. The input to the servo amplifier board is the signal developed
in the secondaries of the transducer differential transformers. The
outputs of the servo amplifier board (Figure 8-7) are dc levels vary~
ing with the length, and rate of change of length, of tape in the
vacuum chamber.
6-54. The ac output from the transducer is rectified and applied to
the grids of Vl (Figure 6-11). The common terminal of the transducer
secondaries is connected to the amplifier ground while the other terminals of the secondaries are each connected'to a diode rectifier circuit where the dc voltages are developed across capacitors C10 and C13.
The positive component of one transducer output is summed with the negative component of the other output across a pair of resistors and the
resulting voltage applied to one grid of Vl. The other positive and
negative components are summed and applied to the other grid of Vl.
When the transducer is in the null condition with both outputs equal,
the negative component from one output exactly cancels the positive
component from the other output and no error voltage is a~plied to the
grids of Vl. When the transducer is not in the null condition one output is greater than the other, one positive component will be greater
than its oppos ing nega ti ve component and a pos'i ti ve vol tage will be applied to that grid of Vl, while the other positive component will be
less than its opposing negative component and a negative voltage will
OSCILLATOR
VIA AND VIB
BUFFER
AND OUTPUT
AMPLIFIER
TO TRANSDUCERS
V2
VERTICAL: 10 VOLTS/DIVISION
HORIZONTAL: 10 MSEC/DIVISION
300 VDC
FROM PS-IOO
Figure 6-9.
Block Diagram,
Servo Oscillator OSC-700
6-14
Figure 6-10.
Waveshape-, Typical
Oscillator Output
be applied to that grid of Vl. The result is a differential input to
Vl, the first stage of a d-c amplifier.
6-SS. The demodulated signal applied to the grids of Vl is used to
control the reel servo motor. The polarity of the voltage excursions
applied to Vl is dependent on whether. the tape loop is too large or
too small and is used to control the direction of reel motor rotation
needed to restore the correct loop size. The amplitude of the voltage
excursions is dependent upon the amount of variation from the correct
loop size and is used to' control the reel motor speed.
6-56. The demodulated signal is amplified, in a three-stage, differential d-c amplifier, frequency sensitive with negative feedback. Each
stage of amplification uses an unbypassed cathode resistor that is
common to the two triodes to ensure a balanced signal throughout the
amplifier and minimize the effect of tube variations. The feed-back
loop uses a filter network (C14-C17 and associated resis,tors) to bypass the high frequency component· of the feedback signal. The result
of this lead compensation is much greater amplification at higher frequencies, to provide rapid response to changes in loop size, and increased servo stability.
CRIO
TR701
REF.
RIO
27.4K
CIO
~.
.1
CRI2
TO GRID
VOl
RII
27.4K
CI2
.1
CRII
RI2
C59
27.4K
CII
.I
CRI3
RI3
.1 TO GRID 2
VOl
27.4K
CI3
.1
Figure 6-11.
Demodulator SA-SOO (Partial Schematic)
6-1S
6-57. The Servo Motor Power Supply (PS-200) provides power for the
reel motors. Each reel motor has two windings, one for clockwise rotation and one for counterclockwise rotation. A simplified power supply circuit 'for a single motor winding is shown in Figure 6~-12 where
the motor winding is powered by the secondary of transformer Tl in
series with a thyratron. The thyratron grid voltage is supplied from
the secondary of'transformer T2 in series with the control voltage.
The voltage seen by the thyratron grid is the sum of the alternating
voltage produced by T2 and the control voltage with a 90 0 phase shift,
and is shown in Figure 6-12. As the thyratron is fired by the grid
voltage and turned OFF by the anode voltage, the ON time is seen as
the result of the alternating supply superimposed on the cohtrol voltage; the ac remains constant so the ON time' becomes a function of the
control voltage only.
6-58. In the actual power supply circuit (Figure 8-9) two thyrat:rons'
are used in a full wave rectifier circuit for each motor winding rather
than the half-wave configuration shown in the simplified circuit. Because both negative and positive half cycles' of the supply are used
the motor ON time is d~ubled. The phase shifting networks in the grid
transformer circuits permit smooth control throughout the 'entire anodfl
voltage half cycle and provide ON periods in the a to 180 degree range
10
IIOV AC
TI=
THYRATRON
PLATE
VOLTAGE
MOTOR
WINDING
T2 AC VOLTAGE
+ CONTROL VOLTAG!
CRITICAL GRID VOLTAGE
•
CONTROL
VOLTAGE
Figure 6-12.
6-16
-iOV
GRID VOLTAGE STEADY
STATE AC
INPUT FROM SERVO -I--~--I----'------AMPLIFIER
(STEADY STATE)
Servo Motor Power Supply
(Simpli~ied)
so that the motor current becomes a linear function of the control
voltage.
6-59. The outputs of the servo amplifier are used as the control voltages for the servo motor power supply. The polarity of the output
from each amplifier determines which pair of thyratrons will fire and
thus determines the dire'ction of motor rotation. The amplitude of the
. control voltage determines the firing angle of the thyratrons and thus
determines' the speed of the motor. Motor direction and speed are
therefore a direct function of the size of the tape loop in the vacuum
chamber and, when the correct size of the loop is obtained, the thyratrons are held off and the motor is stopped.
6-60.
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL.
6-61. The manual control panel offers facilities for power control,
selection of command source (manual or automatic), selection of tape
motion under manual control, and a manual write/leader drive control.
The control functions are so arranged that in the MANUAL mode it is
impossible to present simultaneous ON signals to the two actuators.
6-62. The panel consists of four switches.for control of the above
functions, two time delay relays, four conventional relays, four rectifiers, and two control indicators (POWER ON and READY) •
6-63. The power source is connected to pins 47 and 4E of P303 through
the circuit breakers CB301 and CB302 on the connecting chassis (CC-300)
of the transport electronics assembly. When 8806 on the manual control panel is placed in the ON position, power is connected across
thermal delay relay K805 through normally-closed contact set K806C of
time delay interlock relay K806. Power is also routed through pin 50
of P303 and circuit breaker CB303 to the cooling fan, the positive
pressure blower, and the primary of voltage regulator transformer T701.
A connection from pin 50 of P303also routes power through fuse F301
to power transformer T102 in the electronics power supply. If the
circuit breakers are all in the ON position, the capstan drive motor
will start capstan rotation, the vacuum blower motor and the cabinet
cooling fan motors will start as switch 8806 is closed. After a 45second time delay, relay K805 operates. Its contact set couples 24
vdc (rectified by CR805 and CR806 from 52 vac supplied from electronics power supply P8-100) across the coil of time delay interlock
relay K806. Contact set K806A provides a holding circuit for the
relay, paralleling the contact set of K805.' Contact set K806B connects -24 vdc to the external series circuit consisting of the leader
clamp switch, interlock switch, door interlock switch, and loop
6-17
warning switches. This circuit re-enters the manual control panel at
pin 13 of P303. Contact set KB06C breaks the power connection to
time delay relay KBOS which eventually cools and reopens its contacts.
The -24 vdc is also used to illuminate POWER indicator DSB02.
6-64. The MODE SELECTOR switch, S80l, has four decks, each deck a
three-pole, three-position switch. When the MODE SELECTOR switch is
placed in the AUTOMATIC position, -24 vdc from the interlock circuit
is connected through contacts 1 and 2 of deck III and diode CRB07 to
the coil of relay KB04 energizing the relay. Contact sets KB04A and
KB04B are paralleled to connect 117 vac to terminal 39 of P303, from
whence the power is routed to anode transformers T206 and T207 in the
servo motor power supply (PS-200). An additional -24 vdc output, rectified by diodes CRB03 and CRB04 from a S2-vac source in the electronics power supply PS-lOO, supplies power to the brake solenoids through
contact sets KB04C and KB04D to release the brakes on the servomotors.
6-6S. If the LOOP WARNING switches are in their normally closed position, -24 vdc is also connected across the coil of interlock relay
K802through contacts 5 and 6 on deck IV of SBOI and the relay is energized. Contact sets K802E and K802F are concerned soleiy with
AUTOMATIC mode operation; in their energized position they complete
the circuit from tpe automatic forward and reverse signal inputs to
the applicable circuits in the actuator control unit (AC-400).
6-66. Contacts 1 and 2 of deck IV and contacts 9 and 10 on deck III
of S80l connect the tape sensing circuits to terminals 6 and 10 on
P303, where the voltage may be used for a remote AUTOMATIC READY indicator. Contacts 5 and 6 and 1 and 2 on deck I, when relay contacts
KB02F and KB02E are closed, connect the automatic forward and reverse
commands from the remote control source to the actuator control circuits in the transport.
6-67. Should the programming sequence cause a long loop or short loop
to be formed in either vacuum chamber while the transport is in the
AUTOMATIC mode, the -24 vdc will be removed from pin 13 of P303 (by
virtue of the long loop/short loop switch opening). This, in turn,
will cause K802 to de-energize until such time as the servo system
recovers. There is a time delay of 20 milliseconds (supplied by
R80S-C80l) to permit recovery of loop position. I~ de-energizing,
K802E and K802F open the automatic input circuits; KB02C and K802D
apply +14 vdc to both actuator OFF circuits, supplying OFF current
pulses to both actuators and causing whichever actuator is ON at that
moment to switch to the OFF position. KB02 will be re-energized as
6-lB
soon as the long loop or short loop condition is removed by servo
tion, permitting programming to continue.
ac-
6-6S. If the basic interlock circuit is broken while the transport is
in the AUTOMATIC mode (as by power failure, door opening, vacuum failure, etc.), KS02 and KS04 will de-energize. These relays cannot be reenergized until the basic interlock is again completed.
6-69. When the MODE SELECTOR switch is placed in the MANUAL position,
power relay KS04 is energized through isolation diode CRS07 and contacts 1 and 4 on deck III.
(The interlock circuit must be completed
in order that the power relay may be energized.)
The contact sets of
relay KS04 perform the same functions as described above under AUTOMATIC operation.
6-70. Interlock relay KS02 is energized if the short loop/long loop
switches are in their normally closed positions. The energizing circuit extends from terminal 13 on P303 through contacts 5 and S on deck
IV, the normally-closed contact set K803A, the MANUAL CONTROL switch
(in its STOP position)! to the relay coil. In its energized position,
relay set KS02A forms a holding circuit which bypasses the MANUAL
CONTROL switch, permitting this switch to be turned from its STOP
position.
6-71. Note that if the MODE SELECTOR switch is placed in the MANUAL
position and the MANUAL CONTROL switch in any position other than STOP,
relay KS02 will not energize. Under these conditions, the MANUAL
CONTROL switch must be placed in the STOP position once before any
tape motion may be initiated.
6-72. Contact set KS02B completes a circuit to +14 through contacts
5 and S on deck II ofSSOl so that manual control signals for tape
motion may be selected at the MANUAL CONTROL switch. contact sets
KS02C and KS02D, in conjunction with contacts 9 and 12 on deck I and
contacts 1 and 4 on deck II of S801 ensure that the forward actuator
and reverse actuator cannot be shifted ON until the basic interlock is
completed.
(Contact sets KS02E and KS02F are applicable only to
AUTOMATIC mode operation.)
6-73. contacts 1 and 4 on deck IV and contacts 5 and 8 on deck III of
SSOl connect through the interlock circuit to the coil of end-of-tape
relay KS03. If the outer section of the upper tape sensing contact
post is shorted to ground by conductive backing on the tape, the relay
is energized. contact set KS03A de-energizes the holding circuit of
6-19
interlock relay K802, the contacts of the relay return to their deenergized position, stopping tape motion. Note that end-of-tape relay
K803 can be energized only in the MANUAL mode. After the interlock
has been completed, contacts 5 and 8 on deck III also supply -24 vdc
to the MANUAL WRITE section (contacts 5 and 6 on deck I) of the MANUAL
WRITE/LEADER DRIVE switch, so that when that control is placed in the
MANUAL WRITE position, associated remote relays for write application
may be energized.
6-74. The MANUAL CONTROL switch S802 is a three-deck control, each
deck consisting of a two-pole, five-position switch. Deck I is a
shorting (make-before-break) type switch; decks II and III are nonshorting. The control may be used to select any of the fiv~ tape drive
conditions: FWD (Forward), FAST FWD (Fast Forward)" STOP, REV (Reverse),
and FAST REV (Fast Reverse or Rewind).
It should be noted that the
switch can select a drive condition only when the MODE SELECTOR switch
S80l is at MANUAL, and that all actions previously described for that
position are completed. The following discussion, therefore"assumes
that the MODE SELECTOR switch is in the MANUAL position, and that relays
K802, K804, and K805 have energized.
6-75. When switch S802 is placed in the FWD position, contacts 4 and
6 of deck III complete a +14 vdc circuit to the forward actuator ON
circuit and the +14 vdc to the OFF line through contacts 4 and 6 on
deck I is removed. The actuator will clamp the roller assembly against
the rotating forward capstan, and tape motion will start. When the
selector is returned to the STOP position, contacts 3 and 6 on deck I
connect the +14 vdc signal to the forward OFF circuit and the +14 vdc
to the ON circuit through contacts 4 and 6 on deck III is removed. The
roller ass~mbly moves away from the capstan and the tape motion is
stopped with the aid of the inertia brake on the roller assembly rocker
arm.
6-76. When the MANUAL CONTROL switch is placed in the REV position,
contacts 12 and 8 on deck III connect the +14 vdc to the reverse ON
circuit and the +14 vdc to the reverse OFF circuit through contact~ 9
and 12 on deck I is removed. The reverse actuator cramps the tape
against the rotating reverse capstan. When the selector is returned
to the STOP position, contacts 9 and 12 on deck I connect the +14 vdc
to the reverse OFF ,circuit. The roller moves away from the capstan,
and tape motion is stopped with the aid of the inertia brake on the
roller assembly arm.
6-77. When the MANUAL CONTROL switch is placed in the FAST FWD position, contacts 5 and 6 on deck III connect +14 vdc to the forward ON
6-20
circuit. contacts 12 and lIon deck II connect -24 vdc to thermal
time delay relay KBOI and, via pin 3B of P303, to rewind relay K701 on
the tape transport.
The latter relay selects the fast winding of the capstan drive motor
so that the capstans will be driven at higher speed. After approximately two seconds, thermal time delay relay KBOI will operate to open
its contact set. The contact set will remain open as long as the
MANUAL CONTROL switch is in the FAST FWD position; and for approximately five seconds after the control has been switched from this position. This feature prevents the sudden application of the opposite
roller assembly when using the fast winding modes as, for example, if
the MANUAL CONTROL switch were· suddenly moved from FAST FWD to reverse
while the tape was moving at high speed. If the roller assembly were
peImitted to clamp the tape almost immediately, the tape would be subjected to undue stress.
NOIE
It should be remembered that once the
actuator clamps the roller assembly
against the capstan, it will remain in
that position until the OFF signal is
received. Thus, breaking the circuit
by energizing KBOI will not stop tape
motion. The contacts of KBOI are in
series with both actuator ON circuits;
hence, neither actuator can be shifted
ON until thermal time-delay relay KBOI
has been allowed to cool.
Returning the selector to the STOP position results in connecting +14
vdc to the forward OFF actuator, through contacts 6 and 3 of deck I.
The roller assembly is removed from contact with the forward capstan,
rewind relay K70l on the transport is de-energized so that its contacts
select the normal winding of the capstan drive motor, and the contacts
of thermal time delay relay KBOI close after approximately five seconds
to close the circuit, allowing subsequent ON commands to operate the
actuator circuits.
6-7B. When the MANUAL control switch is placed in the FAST REV pOSition, the action is similar to the FAST FWD discussed above. Contacts
12 and 7 on deck III connect the +14 vdc signal to the reverse capstan.
contacts 12 and 7 of deck II connect -24 vdc to KBOI and K701, which
perform identical functions as under FAST FWD operation.
6-21
6-79. The MANUAL WRITE/LEADER DRIVE switch SS03 is a two-pole threeposition switch, with one position spring-loaded for return to the
center (OFF) position. The switch appears in the circuit only when
the MODE SELECTOR switch is in the MANUAL position.
I
6-S0. The purpose of the MANUAL WRITE position is to make -24 vdc
available to external controls for use in operating the write function
under manual control. Contacts 5 and 6 route this control voltage to
pin 25 of P303 when the switch is placed in the MANUAL WRITE position.
6-S1. The purpose of the LEADER DRIVE position of the switch is to
enable the operator to obtain tape motion when the end-of-tape relay
KS03 is energized, i.e. when the conductive backed tape is shorting
the outer section of either sensing post to ground. To remove the
metallized tape leader from the sensing post contacts 1 and 4 complete
the circuit for -24 vdc from teLminal 13 of P303 (assuming that short
loop/long loop switches are closed) to the coil of interlock relay KS02.
It is thus possible to energize this relay and achieve tape motion from
the MODE SELECTOR switch at times when KS03 is energized. The LEADER
DRIVE position of the switch is spring-loaded so that the control returns to the center (OFF) position when released.
1
l
l
6-S2. The function of interlock relay KS02 in the MANUAL mode is
basically the same as for AUTOMATIC operation. However the long loop/
short loop sensing operates while the system is in the MANQAL model
KS02 will not re-energize until the MANUAL CONTROL switch is reposi~
tioned to STOP (the holding circuit to KS02 will have been interrupted
and must reset via contacts 3 and 6 on deck II of the MANUAL CONTROL
switch) •
I
I
6-S3. Interruption of the basic interlock requires re-setting of the
basic interlock and return of the MANUAL CONTROL switch to STOP for a
moment before subsequent tape motion can be started.
6-S4.
PHOTOSENSE UNIT.
6-S5. The photosense unit gives an output when a reflective tab attached to the tape passes the photosense head. The output may be a
relay contact transfer or a vol tage level change or both de'pending
upon the type of photosense unit. When a relay contact output is used
a hold circuit is included to keep the contacts transferred for 100
milliseconds.
6-S6. The photosense head contains a light source and two photosensitive diodes. When normal (brown) tape is under the head very little
light from the light source is reflected from the tape to the diodes.
6-22
When a reflective tab passes under the head, light is reflected on one
of the diodes and increases its reverse conductivity. Each diode is
connected to the input of a transistor amplifier and a voltage is applied across it. Changes in diode conductivity due to the reflected
light are thus translated into current changes and amplified. The
amplifier output is taken to the input of a Schmitt trigger circuit
and its output is, in turn, used as input to a two-stage driver circuit. The driver provides current to an output relay or to an external load to give a voltage level change.
(See Figure 6-13.)
6-87. The electronics assemblies for a photosense channel, DC Amplifier, Schmitt Trigger, Phantastron (hold circuit), and Driver, are
mounted in individual packets. These are in turn mounted on a plug-in
composite base card. The complete photosense electronics unit consists
of two composite base cards (one for each channel), and three plug-in
power supply cards.
6-88. The DC Amplifier circuit uses a cornmon base amplifier and an
emitter follower.
(See Figure 6-14.)
The base of the cornmon base
amplifier (QI) is held slightly below ground by the forward resistance
of diode CRI and resistors Rl and R2 to the -10 volt supply. The
emitter voltage is determined by the emitter current and the current
through R4 dropped across the photo-diode and R3 in series. Diodes
CR2 and CRI parallel the photo-diode and prevent the voltage across it
becoming greater than the combined forward voltage drop of CR2 and CRI.
The base of the emitter follower stage (Q2) is tied to the collector of
CHANNEL "A'
(BEGINNING OF FILEl
117 VAC
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
PHANTASTRON
+6 VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
-IOVDC
POWER
SUPPLY
+12 VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
--4--1--------------------------'
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
CHANNEL "B"
(END OF FILEl
PHANTASTRON
RELAY COIL
C0264
Figure 6-13.
Block Diagram, Photosense Electronics
6-23
01 and its emitter current and output voltage is determined by the voltage drop across R5 due to the collector current in Ql. Adjustment of
R4 changes the collector current in 01 and allows the output voltage
of Q2 to be set at -7.5 volts when no reflective tab is under the head.
6-89. When a reflective tab'passes under the sensing head, light is
reflected on the photo-diode and its resistance decreases, Ql conducts
more collector current, increasing the voltage drop across R5, and decreasing the base current in Q2. 02 emitter current now decreases and
the output voltage dropped across R6 and the load decreases to approximately -2 volts.
6-90. In its normal state Schmitt Trigger' transistor 01, (Figure
6-15) is held off by the ,negative voltage from the DC amplifier output.
Q2 is held on by the base current due to voltage divider Rl, R3, and
R5. When the base of 01 becomes less negative, due to a reflective
tab being sensed, 01 turns on, the base voltage on 02 becomes less
positive while its emitter voltage becomes more positive due to the
regenerative effect of R2, and Q2 turns off. After a reflective tab
has passed under the head and 01 base becomes more negative and the
Schmitt Trigger returns to its original state of Ql off and Q2 on.
The circuit output is clamped to ground by diode CRl and gives a rectangular positive-going output pulse.
6-91. Transistor 01 of the driver stage (Figure 6-16) is held off by
the negative output from the Schmitt Trigger until a reflective tab is
sensed. 02 is held off by the +12 volt supply and no current flows in
-IOV~~--------------------------'-~--------~
R5
150K
RI
3.9K
R2
R4
500K
2.2K
-2.0V
Q2
QI
rI
-7.5V-.J
L
OUTPUT
I
I
CR2
I
I
I
PHOTO
DIODE
CRI
R6
22K
•
~.
:; LOAD
•I
I
I
I
I
OV ~~----------------~~--------------------~~~-----------
Figure 6-14.
6-24
Photosense D-C Amplifier
+12V -----.------------------------~
RI
3.3K
R3
15K
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-2V
r-\
-7.5V - /
'-
~ LOAD
I
I
I
I
I
R5
6.aK
-10 V - - -.....- - - - - - - - '
Figure 6-15.
C
o
Photosense Schmitt Trigger
0 - - -.....- - - - - .
Q2
SL
CR2
R2
IK
R4
4.7K
CRI
...~LOAD
I
I
I
I
+12V
Figure 6-16.
R3
10K
I
I
I
Photosense Output Circuit
6-25
the relay coil or load resistor. When a reflective tab is sensed and
the input to Ql is grounded Ql and Q2 turn on and current flows in the
relay coil and load resistor, transferring the relay contacts and
raising the output level to +10 volts.
6-92. An alternate output
circuit the negative input
Q2 on and current flows in
Ql and Q2 turn off and the
circuit is shown in Figure 6-17. In this
during an off tab condition holds Ql and
the load resistor. When a tab is sensed
load circuit to ground is open.
6-93. The phantastron circuit, used to hold the output relay operated for 100 milliseconds after a tab is sensed, is show~ in Figure
6-18. In the normal (no tab sensed) condition Q3 is held on by the
current through R6 into its base and the output voltage is close to
the Q3 emitter voltage (+12 volts). Q3 collector current through R5
and Rl makes 01 base positive and holds Ql off. Q2 is held on by current through R2 from the -10 volt supply. Cl and C2 are discharged
(no difference in potential exists across them) but C3 is charged to
-10 volts.
6-94. When a negative-going input pulse is applied to Cl base current
flows in 01 and turns Ql on. Ql collector current reduces the negative voltage across C3 and C3 begins to discharge, causing a voltage
drop across R6, a positive voltage on Q3 base and Q3 to turn off.
With Q3 turned off the circuit output voltage and 'the voltage on Ql
base go to ground potential to hold Ql on after the input pulse on
Cl ends.
6-95. With Ql and Q2 both conducting C3 will discharge through R6
and C2 will charge through R2. The discharge rate of C3 is controlled
by the charging rate of C2. As C2 charges, a voltage drop occurs
across R2 which is a direct function of the rate of charge,this voltage drop is applied to Q2 base,reducing the base current and the
collector current. As Ql and Q2 are in series any change in Q2 collector current will result in a change in the charging rate of C2 and
the discharge rate of C3. The result is a linear discharge of C3 over
a period of 100 milliseconds. When C3 is discharged no voltage drop
exists across R6 and Q3 turns on, the output voltage goe~ positive, Ql
base goes positive and Ql starts to turn off. C3 now charges, reducing
the collector voltage on Ql while increasing the base current in Q3 to
create a regenerative action giving a short rise time to the output
pulse.
6-26
6-96. The output of the phantastron circuit is applied to
the base of transistor Q2 in the
output circuit (point C in Figure
6-16). When the phantastron is
used the photosense output relay
and level output are held by Q2
for the duration of the phantastron output.
-IOV - - - -......-
6-97. Three power supplies driven
frnm a 32 volt output transforme~
are used in the photosense unit.
A -10 volt supply and a +12 volt
supply power the electronics .
while a 5-volt supply is used for
the light source. Each supply is
shunted by a Zener diode. Plugin cards carry the power supply
components while the transformer
and Zener diodes are mounted directly on the photosense' chassis.
....
-20V MAX.
9
I
I
~
R3
3.3K
LOAD
I
I
I
I
I
I
+12V--.............-
Figure 6-17.
Photosense Alternate
Output Circuit
-IOV ----+-------.------~
R2
RI
56K
lOOK
R8
2.2K
R5
39K
+
-t=='==r
Q3
CRI
~U
R7
CR2
CI
U~K
CR3
+12V
R6
lOOK
OV
Figure 6-18.
Photosense 'Phantastron Circui t
6-27
BECTION VII
MAINTENANCE
7 -1.
GENERAL.
7-2. The TM-2 Tape Transport is designed to require minimum maintenance and service. Such maintenance as is required will be facilitated by a well-planned program of preventive maintenance, a systematically kept maintenance log, and carefully performed corrective
~aintenance as required.
Adherence to such a program will ensure
pptimum performance of the equipment over many years.
7-3. A listing of the recommended tools and equipment used in maintenance of the tape transport will be found at the end of this
section.
7-4.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.
7-5. A program of planned periodic maintenance is the most effective
way of keeping the tape transport operating at its designed potential.
A recommended schedule is shown in Table 7-1.
It should be noted that
these maintenance procedures are scheduled by number of eight-hour
shifts, as well as by hours of running time as indicated on the
elapsed time meter at the rear of the tape transport.
Table 7-1.
Maintenance
Operation
Preventive Maintenance Schedule
Frequency Approx.
Total
Qty. Time
(Min. )
Text
paragraph
Reference
Shifts
Hours
Min. Ea.
Check Tape
Transport Tracking
1
8
1
2
2
4-4
Clean Transport
2
16
10
1
10
7-7
Check capstan
roller adjustment
2
16
1
2
2
4-6
Check tape packer
alignment
12
96
2
2
4
4-17
Adjust capstan
rollers
12
96
10
2
20
4-7
Degauss heads and
tape guides
24
192
.5
16
8
7-8
7-1
Table 7-1.
Preventive Maintenance Schedule (Continued)
Maintenance
Operation
Frequency Approx.
Shifts Hours
Min. Ea.
Total
Qty. Time
(Min. )
Text
paragraph
Reference
Clean rack
24
192
5
1
5
7-9
Replace air filters
24
192
.25
4
1
7-10
Check and adjust
vacuum
24
192
3
1
~
4-11
Align chamber guides
if necessary
24
192
3
4
12
4-12
Check and adjust
reel servos
24
192
6
2
12
4-13
Check hold-down
operation and torque
24
192
2.5
2
5
4-14
Check Actuator
Firing circuitry
24
192
7.5
2
15
4-16
Align pack follower
60
480
10
2
20
4-17
Replace thyratrons
60
480
1
13
13
7-12
6
2
12
4-13
\
Check and adjust
reel servos
..-
Check vacuum switch
124
992
10
2
20
4-18
Replace vacuum tubes
Check and adjust
reel servos
124
992
.25
6
6
2
3
12
7-13
4-13
Replace vacuum blower
motor brushes
Check and adjust
vacuum
250
2000
1
1
1
7-14
3
1
3
4-11
Check capstan drive
belt
250
1
1
1
4-19
7-2
2000
Table 7-1.
Preventive Maintenance Schedule (Continued)
Maintenance
Operation
Frequency Approx.
Shifts Hours
Replace capstan
rollers
Reverse {incl. adj. )
Forward {incl. adj. )
250
Replace capstan
assemblies
Reverse
Forward
Adjust capstan
rollers
250
Replace actuators
250
Replace and adjust
capstan drive belt
Min. Ea.
Total
Qty Time
(Min. )
2000
Text
Paragraph
Reference
7-15
30
30
1
1
30
30
2000
7-15
30
15
10
1
1
2
30
15
20
4-7
2000
10
2
20
7-15
250
2000
10
1
10
7-16
Replace Chamber
Guides
Align Guides
250
2000
10
4
40
7-17
3
4
12
4-12
Replace reel motor
brushes
250
2000
15
2
30
7-18
Adjust hold down
knob torque
250
2000
15
1
15
4-15
Replace positive
pressure blower
625
5000
30
1
30
7-19
Replace tape packer
assemblies
625
5000
45
2
90
7-20
Replace reel motors
625
5000
30
2
60
7-21
Replace capstan
motor
625
5000
20
1
20
7-22
Adjust reel motor
brake
625
5000
5
2
10
4-20
7-3
7-6.
MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS
7-7.
CLEANING THE TAPE TRANSPORT.
Use only the indicated cleaning fluids.
Use of solvents such as carbon tetrachloride may dissolve the adhesives used
in the head and vacuum chamber assemblies.
No alcohol should be allowed to reach the
capstan roller bearings.
The read/write head assembly should be cleaned with a lint-free cloth
or cotton swab moistened with Ampex Head Cleaner as shown in ~igure 7-1.
The head stacks and guides should be wiped carefully to remove all
traces of oxide and dirt.
It is not necessary to remove the head assembly from the transport for cleaning.
Objects extending more than 1/8" into
the vacuum chamber sensing slots may
cause permanent damage. Use only the
Ampex cleaning tool.
The vacuum chambers and loop sensing slots should be cleaned and freed
of any oxide accumulation.
Primary cleaning of the loop sensing slots
is accomplished by inserting the slot cleaning tool into the upper end
of each sensing slot and drawing it (once on~y) to the lower end of the
slot.
(See Figure 7-2.)
The vacuum chambers should then be cleaned
with a Kimwipe tissue moistened with alcohol, taking care that the
Scotch-Lite anti-static strip does not become saturated with alcohol.
Be particularly careful to remove all traces of foreign material from
the glass cover doors. The capstan roller assemblies, capstans, and
fixed tape guides should be thoroughly cleaned with a Kimwipe or cotton
swab moistened with isopropyl alcohol. All traces of dirt etc., should
be removed. The inside of the transport access door and the face of
the transport casting (especially the ledge under the take-up reel)
should be wiped free of all traces of foreign material. The tape
packer arm shoes should be carefully cleaned and ins~ected and any accumula'tion, especially on the lower reel packer arm shoe, should be
7-4
r e mov ed with a Kim-wipe tissue moistened with alcohol.
Packer a rm
shoes s h owing signs of damage or roughness should be replaced.
7-8. DEGAUSSING HEAD ASSEMBLY. Head demagnetization is an ex t r eme ly
importan t operation, especially demagnetization of the read he ad.
When any eleme n t in contact with the tape becomes permanently magne t ized, re corded data may be partially erased. Any phenomena te nd i ng
to place lar ge unbalanced pulses through the wri te or read he a d may
caus e magnetization. The following precautions should be observed :
1)
2)
3)
Do n o t connec t or disconnect head leads while writing.
Do no t test head continuity with an ohmmeter.
Do no t allow any magnetized object to come into contact with
any port ion of the transpo rt.
The head may be demagnetized by the following procedure:
Step 1:
Re move all tape from the transport.
Ste p 2:
Disc o nnect all power from the equipment.
Ste p 3:
Plug an Ampex Model 704 Demagnetizer into a source of 117
vac power.
Step 4:
Bring the tips of the demagnetizer into close proximity t o ,
b u t no t in contact with, the head (Figure 7-3).
F igur e 7-1.
Clean ing Head Assembly
Figure 7-2.
Cleaning Sensing Sl o ts
7- 5
s tep 5 :
with the tips of t he demagnetizer straddling the head gap,
run the demagnet izer slowly over the full length of the head.
S te p 6 :
Remove the dema gne tizer slowly, allowing the influence of the
a-c field to d i e gradually.
s tep 7 :
Repeat the proc e ss for the other head stack.
7 - 9. CLEANING RACK. The en t i re rack housing the tape transpor t and
the tape transport itself s hould be thoroughly cleaned on a regular
s c hedule.
Do not permi t any cleaning flui d to come
into contac t wi t h the capstan bearings
or capstan r ol ler bearings. Under no
circumstanc e s s hould the cleaning fluid
be allowed t o come into contact with the
head a s semb l y .
The front of the transport sho u ld b e carefully wi ped with a lin t -free
c l o th moistened with ethyl a lcoh ol.
Do not use the
vacuum cl e aner as
a blower or use
compress ed air to
clean the transport.
A vacuum cleaner is useful in
reaching otherwise inaccessibl e
dirt on the rear of the transpor t ,
inside cabinet racks, etc. The
entire rear of the transpor t and
the cabinet housing the transport
should be thoroughl y cleaned.
Figure 7-3.
Head Demagnetization
7-6
7-10. REPLACING AIR FILTERS.
The vacuum blower filter, pos i t i ve
pressure blower filter, and the two filters in the rear door of the
rack cabinet should be changed regularly. The vacuum blowe~ filter
is replaced by releasing the retainer and pulling the filter straight
fo.rward by means of the two loops prov ided . The new f il ter is installed by reversing the above process. The positive pressure blower
filter is replaced by removing the pan head screw which holds the
filter housing in its closed position. The two filters in the rear
door of the rack cabinet are replaced by lifting them from their retaining slides. All filters are reusable, and may be cleaned with a
vacuum cleaner.
Be certain that any filter cleaned with
water is allowed to dry thoroughly before
being returned to service.
If the filter
is not completely dry, moist air may be
pumped into the transport and damage the
tape and the transport.
Following this cleaning, the filters should be thoroughly washed in
clear water and allowed to dry.
7-11. REPLACING TAPE PACKER ARM SHOES. Tape packer arm shoes may be
replaced without removing the arm. A single screw holding the shoe
to the arm must be removed, the new shoe fitted, and the screw replaced.
If the arm must be replaced, follow the steps in paragraph
7-21 which refer to the packer arm.
7-12. REPLACING THYRATRONS. The four thyratrons on the actuator
control unit AC-400, the eight thyratrons on the servo motor power
supply PS-200, and the thyratron in the electronics power supply PS100 should be replaced after each 480 hours operating time. Following
replacement, the servos should be checked and adjusted as detailed in
paragraph 4-13; the actuators should be checked and adjusted as detailed in paragraph 4-16.
7-13. REPLACING VACUUM TUBES. The vacuum tubes on the oscillator
(OSC-700) and servo amplifier (SA-SOO) printed circuit boards should
be replaced each 992 hours operating time. Following the replacement,
the servos should be completely adjusted as detailed in paragraph
4-13.
7-7
7-14. REPLACING VACUUM BLOWER MOTOR BRUSHES. A preassembled spare
vacuum blower assembly may be installed and new brushes installed in
the original motor without prolonging the down time.
Step 1:
Remove the vacuum blower assembly by disconnecting the powev
plug to the motor and unsnapping the two latches which hold
the blower assembly to the base.
(Install the spare blower
assembly by placing it on the base and snapping the two
latches. Connect the power plug.)
Step 2:
Remove the filter.
Step 3:
Loosen the two screws which secure the blower motor to the
blower housing.
Step 4:
Remove the power connector from the housing by pressing the
two nylon legs toward the center of the body from the outside
of the housing, then pressing the connector through the
housing.
Step 5:
Rotate the motor slightly to clear the screws which secure it
to the housing and remove the motor.
Step 6:
Unscrew the caps of the brush holders.
brushes.
Step 7:
Insert the new brushes.
step 8:
Reassemble the vacuum blower assembly and reinstall on the
tape transport by reversing steps 1 through 5.
Remove the old
NOIE
Spare blower assemblies (preassembled)
are installed by performance of Step 1
only .
. 7-15. REPLACING CAPSTAN ROLLER ASSEMBLIES, REPLACING CAPSTAN ASSEMBLIES, REPLACING ACTUATORS. The operations in replacing capstan
roller assemblies, capstan assemblies, and actuators are so interrelated that they are treated here as a single sequence of operations.
Step 1:
7-8
Remove the capstan drive motor .assembly by removing the belt,
separating FS707 from TB707, and removing the three socket
head cap screws which hold the assembiy to the standoffs.
step 2:
Remove the capstan flywheel by loosening the two ALlen head
setscrews which mount it to its shaft.
step 4:
Remove the head assembly from the front of the transport by
removing the read and write connectors from their receptacles
and removing the two socket head _cap screws which secure the
head assembly base plate to the precision plate.
step 5:
Remove the two socket head cap screws passing through the outboard actuator support bearings to the actuator shafts.
Remove the four socket head cap screws which mount the shaft
support arms to the shaft support posts.
step 6:
Loosen the socket head cap screws which clamp the capstan
roller assemblies to the actuator shafts; slide the capstan
roller assemblies from the shafts.
step 7:
From the front of the transport, remove the two socket head
cap screws which pass through the precision plate into each
of the two actuators.
step 8:
From the rear of the transport, remove the three socket head
cap screws which mount each capstan assembly to the precision
plate.
step 9:
Disconnect the belt idler spade bolt from its bracket at the
side of the forward actuator. Disconnect the fanning strips
which connect the two actuators to the transport cabling.
step 10:
Remove each of the capstan assembly/actuator combinations.
The actuators fit into sections removed from the capstan
housings.
step 11:
Transfer the belt idler spade bolt bracket from the old actuator to a new unit.
step 12:
Reversing the order of steps 1 through 10, install the new
capstan assemblies, actuators, and capstan roller assemblies.
step 13:
Adjust the capstan roller gap and brake gap as detailed in
paragraph 4-7.
7-16. !_J"';'REp';:r.-:-n~~i[-'\':.Ts;-;n_!r~sm:n:'f\T
The--e-aps-tan- dr ive bel t can be
.",f;it:tt'f _ ~~L.. t"7"t)~-.l.~!"J'I."",~1':T~ DRIVE BELT.
changed without removal of any assemblies from the machine.
The belt
path is shown C±rf F,. igU~tiel 7-4.
Following installation, drive bel t tension shouJrtP~belLmea$tir~ed?£a:~H shown in Figure 7-5.
A -frforc:e:rrq;Eir,:..approximately 51C-tf ;%r®Si- J"slfOlf.1:d(: 'lie required to decIleas;e .::ar~lTe"bJe:n dre:hs:jiftlh to
the point where a slowing of the reverse capstan is apparent when monitored with a tachometer. Drive belt tension is adjusted as shown in
Figure 7-6.
7-17. REPLACING CHAMBER GUIDES. The two buffer spring guides and two
roller guides on the vacuum chamber may be changed without removing the
chamber from the transport. The buffer spring guide is held in place
on the chamber with a single machine screw. The roller guide is replaced by removing the two socket head cap screws which fasten the outboard support element to its base. The roller assembly is then removed, a new roller assembly installed, and the outboard support element reinstalled. The buffer spring guides and the roller gqides are
aligned as described in paragraph 4-12.
7-18. REPLACING REEL MOTOR BRUSHES. The reel motor brushes may be
reached by removing the end dust cap from the motor. Reel motors
bearing an Indiana General trade mark utilize two brushes, held in
spring-cap brush holders. Reel motors bearing the Lamb trademark utilize four reel brushes, held against the commutator by flat springs.
7-19. REPLACING POSITIVE PRESSURE BLOWER. The posi tive pressure
blower is replaced by the following procedure:
S te p 1:
Remove the end cap of the positive pressure blower by
loosening the bright band which clamps t he end cap to the
blower housing.
_~----- FO RWA RD FLY WHEEL
REV(R~e
flY WHEEL
CAPSTAN DRIVE MOTOR - - - - - '
nn
step 2:
Remove the blower wiring a t TB708 ( l ocated inside the end cap).
step 3:
Remove the four machine screws wh i c h attach the blower assembly to the throa t projecting f r om the transport . Re move
the blower.
S t ep 4:
Install the new blower assembl y by reversing the order of
Steps 1 t hrough 3 .
7-20. REPLACING THE TAPE PACKER SWITCH ASS EMBLIES. Upper and lower
assemblies are not interchangeable. For correct replacement part number refer to section I X of this manual. Th e following procedure describes the removal and replacement of the upper switch assembly.
Step 1:
Use an Allen wrench to loosen th e screw clamping the packer
arm to i t s shaf t and remove t he arm.
Step 2 :
Remove the s c rew t ha t coup l es the switch assembl y to the ta pe
clamp linkage .
Step 3 :
Disconnect th e wiring harnes s f rom the switch.
Step 4:
Remove the hold-d own nu t a nd loc k washer from the switch assembly . Thes e are loca ted o n the front of the transport .
Step 5:
Remove the assembly b y push i ng the shaft through the trans port
casting from t he f ront.
Step 6:
Install t h e n e w s witch a s s e mbl y by reversing Steps
2 through 5. Do not
tighten the hold-down nut.
Step 7:
Rotate t h e sw i tch assembly
to the position where t h e
switch transfe rs when t he
leader clamp is clos e d to
a point 1/1 6 -inch to 1/8inch from complete closure
and tighten the hold-down
nut.
Step 8:
Make sure that the leader
clamp is open.
Install
the packer arm.
It must
Figure 7-6.
Adjusting Capstan
Drive Belt Tension
7-1 1
clear the reel flanges' and the reel hub by l/8-inch when the
leader clamp is open
step 9:
Grasp the packer arm at its base and pullout from the transport to the limit of end travel. The arm must still clear
the reel flanges.
step 10:
Simulate a full reel of tape by placing a piece of cardboard
across the reel flanges and resting the tape packer shoe on
the cardboard. Check to see that the' swi tch is closed.
The lower packer arm switch assembly should be replaced as follows:
step 1:
Remove the capstan drive belt.
Step 2:
Remove the forward capstan flywheel by loosening the two set
screws which mount it to its shaft.
step 3:
Remove the two servo control assemblies by removing the fanning strips, the two screws securing each assembly to the
transport, and the tubing to the vacuum chambers.
Step 4:
Use an Allen wrench to loosen the screw clamping the packer
arm to its shaft and remove the arm.
step 5:
Disconnect the wiring harness from the switch.
Step 6:
Remove the hold-down nut and lock washer from the switch assembly, located on the front of the transport.
step 7:
Remove the assembly by pushing the shaft through the transport
casting from the front.
step 8:
Install the new switch assembly by reversing Steps 1 through
7, making sure that the packer arm clears the reel flanges
and clears the reel hub by l/8-inch.
step 9:
Grasp the packer arm at its base and pullout from the transport to the limit of end travel. The arm must still clear the
reel flanges.
7-21. REPLACING REEL MOTORS.
motors is as follows:
step 1:
7-12
The replacement procedure for the reel
Snap the hub cap from the lower (fixed) reel assembly. Using
an Allen wrench, remove· the screws which hold the precision
reel assembly to the turntable.
step 2:
Disassemble the upper hold-down knob assembly. Remove the
base of the hold-down assembly from the turntable.
step 3:
Disconnect the fanning strips by which the reel motors are
connected to the transport cabling.
step 4:
Remove the four nuts which hold each reel motor to its
mounting studs on the transport frame.
step 5:
Install the new reel motors.
step 6:
Install the upper hold-down knob. Using a dial indicator,
adjust the position of the hold-down for minimum eccentricity.
step 7:
Install the fixed lower reel assembly. Using a dial indicator, adjust the position of the assembly for minimum
eccentricity.
step 8:
Connect the fanning strips from the reel motors to the appropriate terminal strips.
141 OlE
If misalignment of the reel motors or
turntables is evidenced by curling of
the edges of the tape, etc., the offending motor or turntable must be
shimmed from the transport frame until
proper tape tracking is achieved.
7-22. REPLACING CAPSTAN DRIVE MOTOR.
placed by the following procedure:
The capstan drive motor is re-
step 1:
Remove the capstan drive belt.
Step 2:
Disconnect the fanning strip with which the capstan drive
motor assembly is connected to the transport.
step 3:
Remove the three socket head cap screws which attach the capstan drive motor assembly to the transport standoffs; remove
the assembly.
step 4:
Remove the capstan drive pulley from the drive motor by
loosening the two screws which fasten it to the motor shaft.
7-13
step 5:
I
Remove the four cap screws which hold the capstan motor to
the base plate.
step 6:
Unsolder the motor leads.
from the base plate.
step 7:
Install the new capstan drive motor by reversing the order
of steps 1 through 5.
7-23.
Remove the capstan drive motor
REPLACING REEL BRAKES.
7~21).
step 1:
Remove the reel motor (see paragraph
Step 2:
Remove the brake tension adjustment nut (see Figure 4-11) .
Step 3:
Disconnect the brake solenoid cable from TB703 or TB706.
Step 4:
Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the solenoid mounting
screws.
Step 5:
Remove the brake assembly complete.
step 6:
If required, disassemble the brake linkage by removing the
cotter pin, clevis pin, and roll pin from the linkage.
step 7:
Install the brake assembly by reversing Steps 1 through 6
above.
step 8:
Adjust according to paragraph 4-20.
7-24. REPLACING VACUUM CHAMBERS. To replace the left vacuum chamber
the capstan motor assembly must be removed; otherwise the procedure is
the same for left and right chambers.
step 1:
Remove the tape from the vacuum chamber.
step 2:
Adjust the vacuum chamber height adjusting screw under the
vacuum chamber to just contact the chamber assembly. Tighten
the lock nut on the height-adjusting screw.
step 3:
(Left vacuum- chamber only.)
Step 4:
(Left vacuum chamber only.) Disconnect the harness from the
capstan motor assembly fanning strip.
7-14
Remove the capstan drive belt.
step 5:
(Left vacuum chamber only.)
Remove the three socket head cap
screws securing the capstan motor assembly to the transport
standoffs and remove the assembly.
step 6:
Loosen the tubing clamp screws securing the hard plastic
vacuum tubing to the transport. This tubing runs vertically
between the upper and lower vacuu'm chamber ports.
step 7:
Disconnect the flexible plastic tubing from the lqng loop,
short loop, and transducer connections on the v~cuum chamber.
step 8:
Use a long Allen wrench to
screws securing the vacuum
(move the vacuum tUbing as
screws); remove the vacuum
step 9:
Check the sealing tape on the rear of the vacuum chamber for
air bubbles and poor adhesion before installing the chamber.
step 10:
remove the three socket head cap
chamber to the precision plate
required to gain access to the
chamber.
position the vacuum chamber, making sure that it is resting
on the height-adjusting screw, clearing the radius of the
casting flange, and is parallel to the vertical flange of
the transport.
Check the vacuum ports for obstructions and position the foam plastic
gaskets to clear the ports.
step 11:
7-25.
Reverse steps 2 through 6 taking care that when the three
mounting screws are tightened the rear of the chamber is only
in contact with the precision plate, as any other contact
with the transport may distort the chamber.
REPLACING READ/WRITE HEAD ASSEMBLY.
Step 1:
Use an Allen wrench to loosen the long screws securing the
read and write cable connectors.
step 2:
Unplug the read and write cable connectors.
Step 3:
Use an Allen wrench to remove the recessed screws securing the
head assembly to the precision plate.
step 4:
Pull the head assembly forward to expose the vacuum tubing
attached to the rear of the tape cleaner (if used).
7-15
tub~ng
step 5:
Remove the plastic vacuum
used) .
from the head assembly (if
step 6:
To install head assembly reverse steps 1 through 5 above.
7-26. REPLACING PHOTOSENSE HEAD. No attempt should be made to replace components inside the head assembly.
In the event of failure a
new pho.tosense head ki t should be installed as follows:
step 1:
Disconnect the photosense cable connector located at the rear
of the transport behind the photosense head.
step 2:
Using an Allen wrench, remove the two screws securing the
photosense head to the vacuum chamber. Remove the photosense
head.
step 3:
Remove the vacuum chamber (refer to paragraph 7-24).
step 4:
Pull the photosense cable connector through the hole in the
precision plate.
step 5:
To install a new photosense head, solder the new photosense
cable connector (provided in the kit) to the connecting cable
attached to the head. Reverse steps 1 through 4. The face
at the head must be parallel to and approximately 3/l6-inch
from the tape.
7-27.
REPLACING .PHOTOSENSE ELECTRONICS UNIT.
Step 1:
Remove the two screws on the cover.
Step 2:
Remove the cover.
Step 3:
Disconnect the harness from the terminal strips.
Step 4:
Use a long Phillips screwdriver, remove the two screws securing the chassis assembly to the transport casting and remove the assembly.
step 5:
To install the photosense unit, position the chassis assembly
on the casting and reverse Steps 1 through 4.
7-28. PHOTOSENSE KIT INSTALLATION. To install a photosense unit on a
tape transport not factory equipped for photosensing follo~ the installation procedures in paragraphs 17,-26 and 7-27.
7-16
7-29. REPLACING CAPSTAN QUAD RING.
complete the following steps:
To replace the capstan quad ring
step 1:
Remove the socket head cap screw from the brake post adjacent
to the capstan. whose quad ring is to be replaced. Remove the
brake post.
step 2:
Loosen the two socket head cap screws (A, Figure' 4-1) which
clamp the capstan roller yoke to the actuator shaft.
step 3:
Rotate the yoke clockwise until the clearance between the capstan roller and the capstan is enough to allow the quad ring
to be removed.
step 4:
Lift the quad ring out of its groove and slide it over the
front of the capstan. If the ring may be removed without interference, proceed to step 6. If the head guide is too close
to the capstan to allow the quad ring to pass through, continue with step 5.
step 5:
Remove the socket head cap screw which secures the left side
of the head assembly to the precision plate.
step 6:
Loosen the screw on the right-hand side of the head assembly.
step 7:
Drop the left side of the head assembly enough to let the quad
ring pass over the capstan.
step 8:
Place a new quad ring over the end of the capstan, making sure
that the inside of the ring is against the capstan. Carefully
slide the ring over the capstan to the groove, keeping the inside of the ring constantly in contact with the capstan.
NOIE
If the quad ring is rolled or twisted, it
may fall into the groove with the inside
of the ring away from the capstan. This
may cause excessive wear on the quad ring.
step 9:
step 10:
Reverse Steps 1 through 7.
Adjust the capstan roller gap and brake gap as described in
paragraph 4-7.
7-17
7-30. REPLACING ELAPSED TIME METER. To remove the elapsed time meter,
disconnect the meter leads from TB710 on the mounting plate to which
the meter is attached. Remove the four screws which fasten the meter
to the plate and remove the meter.
7-31. REPLACING SERVO OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY. In general, the only part
of the servo oscillator assembly which may need replacing is the plugin servo oscillator card. Remove the two fasteners which secure the
servo oscillator cover plate to the chassis and pullout the servo oscillator card. If it should be necessary to remove the servo oscillator chassis, remove the two screws which secure the chassis to the
transport and unsolder the leads to the chassis.
7-32. REPLACING HEAD CABLE AND BOX ASSEMBLY. In order to remove the
head cable and box assembly, the capstan flywheel and belt idler pulley
must first be removed. The following procedure should be used:
Step 1:
From the front of the transport, loosen the long screws securing the read and write head connectors.
Step 2:
Disconnect the read and write head connectors from the receptacles on the head cable and box assembly.
Step 3:
Remove the capstan flywheel by loosening the two Allen head
set screws which mount the flywheel to its shaft.
Step 4:
Detach the spring on the drive belt idler arm from the eye
bolt.
Step 5:
Remove the nut which secures the idler arm to the stud.
move the idler arm.
Step 6:
From the front of the transport remove the two socket head cap
screws which secure the head cable and box assembly to the
precision plate.
(One screw is directly below the head assembly. The other is below the read head connector and holds
the shield.)
Step 7:
Remove the head cable and box assembly.
When positioning the capstan flywheel be
sure that the set screws. do not touch
the capstan housing and that the flywheel
clears the belt idler pulley.
7-18
Re-
step 8:
Install the head cable and box assembly by reversing Steps 1
through 7 above. Position the capstan flywheel for proper
drive belt tracking and for clearance of all surfaces.
NOIE
When replacing the drive belt idler arm,
tighten the nut enough to prevent end
play but be sure that the arm is free to
rotate.
7-33. REPLACING TRANSDUCERS AND LOOP WARNING SWITCHES. The servo
control mounting plate must be removed in order to replace either a
transducer or a loop warning switch. Therefore one procedure is given
for replacement of both of these assemblies. To replace the upper
transducer or loop warning switch, the capstan flywheel must first be
removed. Otherwise the procedure is the same for the upper and lower
servo control assemblies.
Step 1:
(Upper servo control)
Remove the capstan flywheel by
loosening the two Allen head setscrews which mount the flywheel to its shaft.
Step 2:
Disconnect the transducer fanning strip from TB701 (upper
servo) or TB702 (lower servo).
Step 3:
Remove the transducer cable clamp.
Step 4:
Disconnect the tubing from the loop warning switch.
Step 5:
Remove the two screws which secure the servo control mounting
plate to the transport frame.
Step 6:
Pull the mounting plate away from the transport and turn it
so that the side of the plate facing the transport is accessible.
Step 7:
From the transport side of the mounting plate, disconnect
the leads and tubing from the transducer and the loop warning
switch.
Step 8:
Remove the two screws which secure the transducer to the
mounting plate. Remove the transducer.
7-19
step 9:
Return the mounting plate to its original position and remove
the nut which secures the loop warning switch to the plate.
Remove the loop warning switch.
step 10:
To install the transducer and loop warning switch, reverse
steps 1 through 9.
7-34. REPLACING VACUUM PIPING.
the following steps:
To replace the vacuum piping, complete
step 1:
Remove the capstan drive motor assembly, as described in paragraph 7-22.
step 2:
On each side of the transport remove the two tube ciips which
hold the vacuum piping.
step 3:
Disconnect the piping from the vacuum motor.
step 4:
Pull the piping from the vacuum chamber openings and remove
the piping.
step 5:
To install the vacuum piping, reverse steps 2 through 5.
sure that all the seals are tight.
7-35.
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART.
Table 7-2.
SYMPTOM
Parity and Bit
Errors
Poor Tape Pack
7-20
Be
Troubleshooting Chart
POSSIBLE CAUSE
REMEDY
Dirty Head
Clean Head Assembly.
Paragraph 7-7.
Edge of tape
damaged
Check tape for curled
edge, etc.
If tape
damage is found, check
transport guiding with
fresh roll of tape.
Buffer guides
misaligned
Align buffer guides.
Paragraph 4-12.
Rotary guides
misaligned
Align rotary guides.
Paragraph 4-12.
Insufficient tape
packer tension
Replace tape packer assembly.
Paragraph 7-20.
Table 7-2.
SYMPTOM
Poor Tape Pack
(Con It.)
Oxide accumulation
in vacuum chambers
Improper loop size
in vacuum chamber
Troubleshooting Chart
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(Continued)
REMEDY
Roughness on inside
of reel flanges
Replace reel.
Turntable out of
line
Check alignment of holddown or reel assembly.
Reel motor worn
out
Check reel motor for
end play. Not more
than .005" end play
permissible. Replace
motor if necessary.
Paragraph 7-21.
Vacuum level
improperly set
Adjust vacuum level.
Paragraph 4-11.
Tape too loose on
reel
Replace tape packer assembly. Paragraph 7-20.
Foreign material
in chambers
Clean chambers.
Paragraph 7-7.
Roughness or warpage in tape path
Check cleanliness and
alignment of all
elements in tape path.
Buffer guides
misaligned
Align buffer guides.
Paragraph 4-12.
Rotary guides
misaligned
Align rotary guides.
Paragraph 4-12.
Defective tape
Replace tape.
Transducer
misadjusted
Adjust transducer.
Paragraph 4-13.
Sensing slot dirty
Clean sensing slot.
Paragraph 7-7.
Faul ty tape
Check tape width (reels
occasionally too wide
or too narrow) .
Faulty transducer
Check transducer output
at long and short loop
and null conditions.
7-21
Table 7-2.
SYMPTOM
TroUbleshooting Chart (Continued)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
REMEDY
Improper loop size
in vacuum chamber
(Con It.)
Restriction in line
between chamber and
transducer
Check vacuum at transducer input--should be
12" to 14" of water at
short loop, 5 11 of water
at null, 0 at long loop.
Tape loops off
center in chamber
Chamber out of
adjustment
Adjust position of
chamber on transport.
Foreign material
in chamber
Clean chamber.
Paragraph 7-7.
Stretched section
of tape
Replace tape.
Leaky vacuum inlet
Replace or adjust
vacuum piping ..
Faulty transducer
Replace transducer
Paragraph 7-33.
Dragging reel
brake
Check reel brake adjustment. Paragraph 4-20.
Obstruction in
chamber
Check for oxide buildup
next to guide at chamber
wall.
Defective tape
Replace tape.
Servo amplifier
board loose in
connector
Seat servo amplifier
board firmly in connector.
Servo gain too
high
Adjust servo gain.
Paragraph 4-13.
Severe misadjustment
Adjust servo.
Paragraph 4-13.
Faulty transducer
Replace transducer.
Paragraph 7-33.
Oscillation of tape
in chamber
Steady oscillation
of tape in chamber
Servo inoperation
7-22
Table 7-2.
SYMPTOM
Servo inoperation
(Con It.)
Servo operation
poor
Troubleshooting Chart
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(Continued)
REMEDY
Oscillator failure
Check oscillator output.
Faul ty tube in
servo amplifier
Check servo amplifier
tubes.
Faulty thyratrons
in servo motor
supply
Check thyratrons in
servo motor supply,
interchanging to isolate
faulty unit.
Dirty sensing slot
Clean sensing slot.
Paragraph 7-7.
Faulty thyratrons
in servo motor
supply
Interchange thyratrons
to isolate faulty unit.
Transducer out of
balance
Check transducer balance
at null position.
Faulty tape
Replace tape.
Tape path
obstructed
Check for oxide buildup
in tape path.
Faulty bias in
PS200
Replace bias board.
Dragging reel
brake
Check reel brake adjustment. Paragraph 4-20.
Defective-· reel
motor
Replace reel motor.
Paragraph 7-21.
Faulty tubes in
servo amplifier
Check servo amplifier
tubes.
Low vacuum in
chambers
Check vacuum pump and
check for leaks in
chamber.
7-23
Table 7-2.
SYMPTOM
Reel motor
"jitter"
Inoperative
actuator
Actuator failure at
high repetition
rates (2.5 ms OFF
4.0 ON)
7-24
Troubleshooting Chart
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(Con tinued)
REMEDY
Servo gain toohigh
Adjust servo gain.
Paragraph 4-13.
Varying thyratron
bias in PS-200
Check stability of
thyratron bias.
Faul ty tubes in
servo amplifier
Check tubes in servo
amplifier.
Varying vacuum in
chamber
Replace vacuum blower.
Paragraph 7-14.
Faulty thyratron
Vl04 in PS-IOO
Replace Vl04.
RllO on PS-100 open
Replace RllO.
Cl09 on PS-IOO
shorted
Replace Cl09.
Insufficient actuator command
signal
Check input command
level.
Faulty diode in
high-voltage bridge,
PS-IOO
Replace any faulty
diodes.
Faulty actuator
Replace actuator.
Paragraph 7-15.
Faulty Vl04 in
PS-IOO
Replace Vl04.
Weak actuator
Replace actuator.
Paragraph 7-15.
7-36.
MAINTENANCE TOOLS.
7-37. The following list indicates the general nature of tools required to maintain the TM-2. Manufacturers' names and numbers are indicated only as a guidej any equivalent tool may be used.
Tool
Allen, wrench set, handled, .035" through 1/8"
Center punch, 5/16" x 4"
Plastic hammer
Ball peen hammer
Socket, 12 pt, 3/8" drive
1/4" to 3/8" drive adaptor
1/4" extension drive 14" long
"T" handle, 1/4" drive
Scale, 6", steel
Soldering aid
Scribe
Screw starter screwdriver
Scissors, 2-1/2" blade
Open end wrench set, 15 0 and 75 0 ,
3/16" through 5/8"
Spring balance, 8 oz. capacity
Standard screwdriver
set
",
Stub screwdriver, small
Stub screwdriver, medium
Stub screwdriver, large
Phillips screwdriver set
Torque wrench, 0-50 in-lb.
Offset ratchet driver, Allen & Phillips
Pliers, extractor, external, black
Pliers, extractor, internal, black
Pliers, extractor, external, black, large
Pliers, extractor, external, black
Wrench, adjustable, 6"
Thickness, gauge
Drift punch, 1/8"
Drift punch, 3/32"
Drift punch, 1/16"
Pliers, diagonal cutter
Pliers, long nose
Pliers," needle nose
Nutdriver roll
Nutdriver, #18
Manufacturer
and Number
Allen #6075
Hargrove #284-5/16
Stanley #593
Stanley #306B
Williams #B-1218
Proto #5256
Proto #4763
Proto #4785
Starrett #384
Walsco #2530
Starrett #70A
Pearson #3
Wiss #173E
Williams #1142PR
Snap-On #SD-130-K
Xcelite #R-184
Xcelite #R-3164
Xcelite #R-5166
Proto #9600A
Apco Mossberg #B50
Yankee #3600-9
Truarc #2
Truarc #3
Truarc #4
Truarc #015
Crescent #AT16
Starrett #66
Hargrove #2868
Hargrove #2866
Hargrove #2864
Klein #202-5
Klein #303-6
Utica #777-6
Xcelite #99SM
Xcelite #HS-18
7-25
File, 6" smooth cut
File, 4" round, second cut
Tape, steel, 8'
Inspection mirror
Wire stripper
Pliers, 7~"
Tube puller
7-26.
Lufkin #688
G.C. #5090
Miller #100
~roto #242
G.C. #9130
\.
PHOTO 5ENSE HEAD
TR702
r~701
UPPIi~ 5'~VO
LOWIiR
r~A"'SCUCf~
TRANSOUCER
5702
1..701
UPPER
uPPER
K702.
ReVERSE
1'"101
UPPeR
'ORWARO
5704
LOWER
TAPE
L702
LOWER
POSlrlVE
PItEHIIRE
VACUUM
BLOY.'ER
BLOWE!=!
DRIVE
MOTO!=!
5706
S707
I..OOP
I..OOP
a
I-
i
0
0
rn
:J
WARNING
LO'WER
UPPeR
8g-
8
/~r;;
.... III
11\
of
III
VOLTAGE"
COOL ''''' REGULATOR
I
SIiNSUJ(i,
WARNING
[~~~n~~~J
CAPSTA ....
5E~IIO
rv
1111111
6 6 6 6 6 6 0I
OUT
TBe
T701
11191
I
700
J701
I '2.
5
3
IIV
11118'3
II
1\1\/\1
\1 \
,\
I \ ,\1
~~701
1't:=7IO
I ...,.-,-,-r1
I-r-T'"""
~
3 2 4-
5
2 4
b
'3
3
2 4
I
diH
S"ERVO OSC
~!!703
I 22 2 2 21
I
T87011
76
TB703
Z. 4
5
2 4
6
TalOe
F5706
J
1 0
I IT
4
3
lO
I;>
J
I
I
TB10 ..
C~707
«
'I
I
c7o~51]
-+__-+________~~~~>~5~7~0~7~~==~===+~~~~T~B~7~O~: .5°~ ~5
L-__
r;; 5
1
.l
1rf5!~,T
~
IOOCl
5711
o
t.OWER
TAPE
FDI..\.OWER
SilD
wRITe
1..0·'::'I(DI.)'-
TB 703
x )
( xr:·~~+-~~--~r-r-+-~r---~----~P-'-N~7~~r-r-+---~1~~IX )
( :x :a-+----...-----4QXJ:;J
r
'----+-.. .rt1I
..
L~2_B__Z_7_________________4_5__4_6__~12r-_____4_9_____4_5__
44~4~8___
'5___Z_b_____3_;_~
__!_'_______5_2___20___
14_____
5 __
IB___
24____2_S_____2_3__
33__4_1___4_2_____4_0______
" _____3_8__
3Q__3_7__
2_'_________b___
17______5_0____
51___'_6_____
2Z___3_2__________
3_'___9~-'3------------------4--7----------------~_3_19__'O____2______3__'__4__7__8____~1
~
o
~
8 ~~
10
in ...
>
~
Ii ti
~ ~
~
1
~~ ~
1/1
~
~
a
tio
a:
~ a:
~
W
(l
. . ,. .
o.~
Il:
~~ 9
*
.J
u
6
~
~
VU
~
:l! ~ g
~
0
~ ~~. ~ ~
~~
'5
~. ~
~ a
Q
Z
III
~~~
g
~g~ 8
Z
3 z
u
~
gu
0
~
6u
2
0
~~g
~ ~ ~
~
\)
0 It t0
0
b :l
O~O
ffi~ffi
~~~
~o~
Q.~a.
=>~:>
8
\II
~
~
~
I
a:
~
Il'
0
~~ ~ ~
?
g
J
J
w w
IIIW
~
I-
u
4:
~~: ~
~
~~ l
Q.
C/o
1II:l J
'?i
II
0
~z ~Z
III
UI
III
III
III
III
11.
Il.
~ ~
4
t
~
fl
~
u
~
5 III ~
II
0
0
a:
~
~ ~~ ~
~ ~ ~
~
"I-
III
VI
f-
~ z
U
iji4:
~~~
~~~
~ a
11
...
~
~
~
to
2
~
~
~
~
:l
t4:
VI
l!I
2
W
III
E
~
II
m
~
0
Z
g~
tI
~
0
~ ~ ~
~ d
It 0
~ ~
0
0
VI
w
~
OI>;:
~~~~
i~~~
~ 03 a
0.J~ouJ
~.J3:
8
9
II
...
2
ct
W
,...
:J
2
0
.J
.J
IIJ
IIJ
W W
II
II
t-
o
:r
"1
CI
2
Cl
2
1/1
2
iii
2
W W
1/1
w
10
I-
III
;z
't}
>
W
o
I-
o
5 5
w
u
>
Ul
II:
~
U
u
g g
4:
-'
o
~
ct
Il
y
u
o
a:
o
-0(
t
~
u
.J
III
I-
2
II
o
o
o
)0301
J
a:
z
o
lJ
t-
2
o
~
~
o
U
It"
I-
o
:r
u
...
t-
ii
>
VI
W W
0.
~
I-
Q.
-0(
I-
Figure 8-1
Schematic Diagram,
Tape Transport
8-1/8-2
1-\..1t...J ..... '=-'"S~ 1o:;:I"'-,,",",IC;.l:iWI'504i;.. "St""I~.. ;;:;'\F\e.'O; ,,"-\.. Re.""IiO.\~"'TE"C ~ If.-..,1 O - . ' - ' - S ,
AI...L... C.p..l-AC.\--rOiZ.~ \""J M\C.'A
KBOGo.
"TIME.
DEl"Y
It.JTERLOCK
""
KBOIOC.
TIME.
DEL"'''''
IN,ERlOCK
REl~,,(
D5BOI
READ"(
INDICATOR
FFS 0
F .. O
C80~
Z50
CR801
KB01A
'''TERlOCK
O<,B02.
KBO';
POW~R
iH(RM,e.,L
"ME.
DElA"(
INDICATOR
4SS,'t.C.
KBO'"
.
[HOOF' TAPE
5803-I
D
'SSOI-m
KBOe,
TIME
CROO.
REl~Y
IS
+1411.0C.
F5101
DRIVE:
"'BOI-IlL
TIOl.
POWER
TRANSFORMER
Rl05
CAPSTAN
5"
CR801
DElA,,(
INTERLOCK
P,O,
8
e,c<
MO,OR
C102.
IS
KBOGI'>
R'03
I';
R"104.
IS
TIMe DEL"'" RELA,,(
INTt"LOCK
"EMOTE CO"TROL
pOwE.R INPUT
", VAL
;Ir------~--r---_+-------------_i
C.OMMON
CS301
2<, ..
~3
I'-,V.... C.~~
COMMON
I.
J;ot
"no~
s~~~:
P303
J30l
TB301
~WITCH
Figure 8-2
Schematic Diagram,
Composite Control System
8-3/8-4
_. -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - --
- -
--
- -
-
- -
-- -
- - - -
AC-400
- - - - - - -- - -
"~"Y."OI3'610
~CHe:MATIC-310".710
C415
-.:1J'l.SV
I
- -,
lb
r:----:--
R4:31
- - ---
V403~
5727
__
_...!.I~
.3300
I~---- ----f---------~~;
3 a
1
r -.- - - - .._.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I
~·XJl.
I
R"20
0
--1I"";
2Z00
V401
1
1
1
TO GQOUI\.JO
I'JP .... 1.4 VDC.
I
'--f-_-+__
J301 P301
----
I
1 I
t;-:5:..=jz-
I I
I I
oS
~C1°~
:
I
----l
ON
I
--
~}--1-<>
~~+---r:-t-,-'-+Lr-
1:24-,.4
-+-+_.-l- ,~v60V'I~, - -I\'~ _+CJ-,~'Il1 ~
or:~
"-a -.. - I .--..o--t--T-t··--ro-I-I-O
5727 '-jl;"'L-"---i--,
;6~~··B~06~; 4~~~c;
&1------
r
1
P l021.1 102
--L
I I
I
'"
I
I' ~.
I I
I I
I I
~·-lo~-~~·~~-t--7~-~I~~-~:~
«?413
IOOJ\.
~Ot71
1~~~
200k' !! ""
'icfJO
+---____-.J~..~~!~
2 20K IW
+-2_S_W_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
CRIIS
/1'1101'
I:
I:''i~~~
C.2t14
1/'12071
~-------+~~
L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~~~
i-- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ " _ _
..J
Flgure 8-3
Schematic Diagram,
Composite Actuator Control
8-5/8-6
(UNLESS OTI-lERwl'5E I NDIC.ATED),
I. ALL R~'51 STOR. VALUE 5 IN OHMS,
"±. 10~.
2. CAPACITOR VALUES
Yz WATT.
IN MICRO~ARADS.
~____~+I~
1-____~~-~/5~V--------------~------_4~------~~--------~~----~---------------------------------4~----~----------~--------~--------;
C~I~
>
100
3. ALL TI:12443
> 2.ZK
30V
2N4~8
> 470
zW
30V
.-::,.....,...,~+--tl If-___- .
1\
L::.'J-~
Q406
C41G -"-
<;1:2434
?
1<.435
~
?
5%
<)4,7K ?
100
Q404
\00
C3~9
IS-V
>
\-~) ~~
>1:1419
C41Z
<'12437
IN537
>
?
100
1<4"30
2.2. K
\2-:t-+----*--lC~il-\7-----------,
Q405
,,>Wl-39
?
.I
18K
- ' - C41S
(>R428
> 6.8K
.'75 -,2.5V
Ct;2404~,
r-t r--
~
~1?4Z9
5.1"-
02A.IZ ~ ..G2411 ~ ..
DR 48,· - DR48Z.-"
_,,_
-r-
.75
25'V
] ..CI2.40::.] .. CR405
--DR48Z -DR482
-+12 V
470
~
.... 1
J\I\/\
12424-
C4\1~1
100
30V
IMEG
...
IH1~-t--
~il-'-+----'
C410
100
:30v'
,1
CR403l~
IN 5:'7
.-
~ ~
~ ~
~:i~ (S
?k?4
~~~~A_~~~
3
r2407(
log\(
lOOK
C40,-B1
~~('~OOI
_,
C402·
.00e.z.
C405
1~40"='-A
(40"'1
.OO1!2
J\ /\/\
35
R~Or
25V
4.7MEG
>
~o~
->1<402
~
27K
7
>
<-
>12
6
R412
1~~~~2
~~~9
>
r
20
~-1tCR401,,;,
IN537 I=--
.J\ /\ J\
1<.417
1<408
4.7 MEG
.00C!e
>
'-'411
>~415
4.7 MEG
:J
~
\.9
13
Col
~
lD
C\J
2"", I
R40'5~>
V40Z7
5727
7V401
5727
-Z
R410
sg420
> Z.2.¥-
.
4."1 ME.G
~
A
TTT
S>
S
>12414
22 K
p---
~
R404100
1241'3
100
~2
I
~:/':""-O-4---t---V--4-~-'I
3-::
[7 ~7C7
I
.47
AJ\
Y~I
C408
.47
C40'3
22 I<
':.
T405
-'\J\.I'v
>
2
IW
I
S>
\W
5727
6800
A
/\
A
R450
R4St
.---------r-4-----.---.-- -..----------.-:.~-=-------+----+_+-__j,__-------.:...:....:-=..:..------+_---------t__t_----------'
0 14~LL
v
flY YYYT
T409
>
~"'7K >
<:>"1K
4.
/\
,,>R4S2
IS
Z
'"~J
.001
C407
1\
6BOO
">
0
2
n~~5
~ll~,-4~_---t-_1I>---J/,",
~
~'l>tJ_II:
C4/8
I 0"
1
'"
1c40<:, &
C409
.002.2..
o--4I~~~~--;-------+-4-------r------+--+------+-----------+~~--A~I~A-A-~~r---------~r-+--r----r-+-----------+~a~---.t
nJ;A9-v
i<1
<;
_r-~'OOI~?IO~K 100K:~~r-
Il-
,0
01
0
~:J
t-
~
>
ill
rJ.
.3
.....
~
(),~ C 12.
2
0
~
'(l{
S'
~:J
"'{
li
U
~
(T)
\Q
06
~
0
t--
1.
<1..
IJ..
,0
..1
w
:z
p
.J
~
i
0
'..1
w
0
a
4:
}:
5LL
)7
S
a.
=
I?
°4
>
)1
'2
It.
,0
-1
0
lI..
,0
:>
',IN
ADJUST
Rl01
UPPER ~t.R"Q
RiOZ.
TB70"2..
...--
r -_ _ _ _ _~B~R~~
J:
~--
~
r - -_ _ _'(...;..t.:::..::l:;...-_B
9
'-==-=-4t--- S --0
-k>
LOWE.R SERve
----=:'::'::"'--4
-
~
....,
OSCILlP,TOR
so. t \-.10
A5<;,'y. WD
I
I,
lEi
12-
~'
~I
1---
-"34
I
A MPlIFIER
IB
SCH.t-.lO.
POWER
SUPPL'(
310102210
B---------fi
II
II
I I
I I
II
44-
r+-~
,I
I I
1I
1I
I I
I I
II
II
..J
-
4-~
~'-
I I
I I
I I
-...I
310134310
,c:,E
1-3
~
SLI)
----SiCS
~ 2 --+--RA.OS.
RI
lOOK
C~
100 pr
500 V £)c .
C5
•I
400 VlX.
C·'L
p('
~ao
C7
·R,
2.2 MEq.
Gapf
5001' OL
~
VIe,
C~
~oopr
hll3
lOOK
1<.4\z..OK
C\
.
\ 'SO"
\
e.~
.3 90 It.
IS
14-
"'-lC
N.C.
~:~V.
I "?I
N.c..
IZ-
GROUND
TERMINA.L
DE.S\ <::.N,A.,,\ ICN
s
RE..~.
II
N.C.
10
~
B
i
€:.
OUTPUT {
N.C..
+~OO\l.
N.c..
S
4-
El. Yv.
N.C..
~
~.c.
\
z..
c.cMPDNENi
'SlOt. Of: BOARD
Figure 8-6
Schematic Diagram,
Servo Oscillator OSC-700
8-11/8-12
+
.300 V
-
,300 V
+300V~o-T-------------------------------------------~----------------------t---------------------------I
-300V~~~~--------------------------------------~----~~~--~~-----t--------------t-----------t-------------~
I/V
~
0----40--+-_-----,
RI4470K
CR/I
IN96
CRIO
IN96
RIO
F CII
ZT.+-K
>
»1<12
27.4K
.1
C/6
18K
r!S %
~R26
';>ZZOK
RI5
R21
I
I
i
R/6
1:8
~~{~~~\ll~~~~--+_---3~3~·A2~K-~~-+_~71 __ _
\-r-
C5"9
./.1
6
1'<86
• R29
< 1.2MEG
:~
I
!>RZ3
20()K
~1.2""E6
IW.I1-
I
I
RZ4
1.2.,..,£6
I
I
I
I
I
I
18
R90
18K
~S %
~
CRI2
IN96
I /V
CRIB
IN96
.1
MYLAR
~
--
UPPER SERVO
R31
I ME6
71
\-r-.
V I
'6
575/
V2
1<20
1<27
243K
V3
R.32
57.51
220 K
CIS
.2.ZUF
MYLAR
CIS.
~
I MEG
1;(0
IW,
10K
R30
1<28
ZOOK
SBI4A
">J.2ME6
IMe6
-~f---<
R43
.
~ 390K
I
I
I
I
R41
1-.99K
::5 %
, R22
I •
33.2K
330K
R.33
ISK
• ,z43 K
~BS
IIIIE6
.22
MYLAR
~--~----~--~--~~--4---r_=r2.t:~
~
C~B
----
RI9
~~
R4,z
,zOK
3VV;11~---t---.---<..------o ~ OU T
R37
.33 ;::
MYLAR
R.3415K'
z5 oy.
~----_+-_--*-
C/7
RI7
470K
1<40
.33
.330 K
MYLAR
~ o-+--l--<_-----~
_ _ _ _ _-oro
~ OUT
R4410 K
GND~~~o-+-~--------------------------~--------------------------------------------------------------1
,--------------------------------------------------.--r------.-----
IN
R.5+
CR51
IN96
CR50
IN96
<
1<77
C56
.33
470 K
: 330
MYLAR
.~50 ~
RS2
CSI
1<50
27.,,"K
./
R59
R66
220K
243 K
<
J~
.~-'!...,ff:(
2{~-k
............. ------II
I7I--~.--<.---1-- . . v v v- - - - t - = t - . - - - .3
C61
.1
C60
.1
:
~
I
I
I
I
I
~-----11-----+ .. -.
;,:r- SV;~I
P..51
C.53
27.4K
I.
~ ~
IN
:
II
R64
I.ZM£G
>R65
~
I
I
I
7
I
I
!8
1 --.-
'i-~ S~~I
~
/""'E6
.---t----;t---t- .. - 7
IN96
@] 0-+--+-+---------
/"76
>R72
1'--
I
I
,.--<
R71
C62
• I
..J...
MYLAR
I
:~
- - - V 6
~-r- 5B/~A
LOWER SERVO
R.BI
4.99K
f I".
~I.ZME"G
I~!OK
6
/ w)
-----......
,Z21.1~
1<60
220K
R67
R74-
243 K
15K
R82
20K
.3 w. Ill.
__----f---..r--......- - - - - - o
z5%
27.4- K
CR53
,
I
, "..
CS5 ( J MEG
~R S3--'VV'v--11-
~_ _ _---l
CR52
1/\/96
_I.
1.20K
: ~ 2(-13
"'---+--i---+c......t,;;......=+ - - - 3
~ R6B R70
:~
I MEG
I
ZOOK.lW.I"'.
I
~.390K
RBB
l(J>f
R63
.: 1.2MEG
I YV.J I ~
L.... ....
'.-~I'v--.........._---jl--~I
-
R61
ZOOK
I
I
10K
...
,':75
R69 ;,
1.2ME6>
/"'
OUT
21 .-..... -"-_--t--=+-
i !a
7 --.--
R56
.33 . .2 K
~60~
!±J
R83
-
/5K
IS%
I MEG
.R 5 5 / "
C52
~.I
1<73
Re7
27.41<
K
~-----~---
iF GI!N
~
I"" ( .s
I
.1
-0
TB~(IU:F)
,tz.~v"c
-------
It"
~I02.
SLo- e.LO
~E:D
it. 2..VAC
2.0
FlO!>
R.Eb-Qt."-
,"
(~[rl
r-:U
2000:.
I "'"
CRitZ
(----
I
CR.II'!
.""
1(101 __
~A
CR; liS
1!~1"o
~~
CliO
,47
TIO'::
I
I
60-
p,L-~
I
I
I
1000'1
11.109
r
4300
111./
+
Clca
30
aSI!
1;0,~5'"
II:IOIG
{i1
CIO""
125
C;~N
5-
L-1
+
: R.''''
lOOK-
.
<
I
2""
rL
'--
1~5
2. ~ VAC
~
4
I
1.101
I
CRI07
..
~-i
,,0001T
r".
;>
?
11.10<;'
+ 14 VDC
.{")
&+
CRIoe
i9
1 • •_~• •
_~
1""\
Ii
'-12.,,0
i.si"" {ysY~
•
no .., lw
lc,06
z.
ACTU"TOR.
CI07
~
111
Il.EIIE~SE
B
-
SOw
~ao\C,I'"
"""
9'
a.
fiOO"
1
'7
I!. CUI
ilL~
_e-J
TAN
j
T&IOZ.
~
IOO~
'1..-;':
c.o.s ~:...4I'!W R.~';8l CRI091
C'3J
---
IE 103
_~
'-I~"
CJf----)--;-
52 VAG
1.2SV~C
(OR. ...
\1
'II
~
VI04
2."'"
RI07
SOW
Jvv
100""
1------0
las
450\1
so
.. lOS
"ISOV
~IO:'
I1~~~c;.1!. \'1(·G.Il ...
\
i
~IO'B
cRIle;;
I
I
~
12.150
;"1.01<-,1";)
lOtI"!;>
ztOt:~';t
.1
11.1'39 TI, () 5 .! ~
GROUND
lUG 101
I. RE ~I!>TO Ii! VtJ.LuE5 ,''' 01< MS
1.
I
\oJ,
= "70,
5
C::.C~"AC:ITO~ VALUES IN MICROF'AR.i'lDS.
}
UNL-E:SS
OTI-\
3, DiODes "RE PARi NO 013- \98.
' - - - ' - - TIE POINTS 0141.'1'
~_c;;,~
\I"t.
~o,.
'-- 11711"C. COI'IMO ....
ilT VAC
"AC.
Figure 8-8
Schematic Diagram,
Electronics Power Supply PS-IOO
8-15/8-16
s
~
~
'-.J
~
~>:
'"
~
Cj
-
~
~
7
8
~
~
~~
4
AU t'APAClTOk' VALU£5 IN MICROFARA05. 100 V.
~
~
Irj
~
::l ::::
.3
~
I. ALL If'E515 T OR VALUES IN OHM5,f? WATT, S%
2
~~
t;;)
I;)
'J
'J
I
.s
~
~
~lAAJ.A'f~'"
-
.,;
-J
~
~
I
~
~~
yy
..j
~
~
yy
~
);:
~
C()
~
.~
~
Y Y .•
~
~
~
It
~
~
\)
-
TZ07
\('f- T T
~
<:
~
~
~
-J
kJ
>~
-
Y 1
<:
~
\)
I\::
\)
----------
R3
R5
.A A A
~
~
ASSY-
TBcO/
I
~
AAAJ..
~
e
C!.
C;;
~
~
~ ~
It
(:J
I--
~
~
~~
~
~
tt
C)
~If)
~~
I..J
~
~
~~
~
~
-1'ok-
I(
T205 - -
~Irj
~
"-
~
~
~ ~
\)
I/
~).
~
\J
~
Cl
~
~
\J
.~
~
•
>:::
~
~
~
K
~
"-
T20b
~
~
~
\J
\)
T4
yyv
2201(.
22.0K.
Tc
T3
310166410
~
TllTl
1:::1
~
<:
~HCL>~
~r-jrSR7
C7
TTTll
.C:;~~R4
~ ..,700
.3W./%
;. 4700
_~ -3W. 1%
I::::l
~
Tllll
~~~~
.
.c;:;J~'>
<
.-------~------~------~--~--4_--------~----------+_------~--~--~------+_----~
L ________ /_<
I
___
~
( ____4_)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _5 _ _ _ _ _
I-..j:::
~~
~~
\I"
~~
~~
'--
~
::i~
~'"
~~
~~
~~
~~
,,~
:::,--,
..,
.s
.:;
3
2.
~
~~
"i"-J
~~
~~
~II')
~ (
"-J
~~
~::.:t
~~
3W,I%
9 ___________ -.?_____
~
~
::l
'\:)
I(
~
...J
I
7
~
~~
Vj .....
_____________ ~
RI
4700
J
~
~~
.J
~~
\!)
~~
TBc02
0
q
c;:)l;1
'J
iri
Figure 8-9
Schematic Diagram,
Servo Motor Power Supply PS-200
8-17/8-18
I. U5E:D
WITI-I
HARNeSS Fl5S£f'1eLY "'flO 18/5/0
, . - - - - - - - P5- 200 - - - - - - . ,
i---
.lSDI
..1301
, . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TRANSPORT
~ERVO AMPLIFIER ~
..."'
ciJt
tf.
"
0
~
~
~
a
~
u
i
--L
g4
ili
B
J
e "
'7 I
23
.. 50
lo~~=.o=o~:~JTe202'RE:r)
4.
za
...
>
»
...
47
II
a
~8
~
.
SO~
U
x~e~
a
-; 9g!~ 9
~~ ~~§§
"3 ~~
:iii!:
.<11
......
ill> el>
0'"
[~~~~~~:~OJT8201(Rtr)
:t
.. :t
.1...1...
9"9 ~~
~~
2
0
~
(1
<1:
c,. ~
1 ...
a>
~
~"
~h~
~
6Z
~ ~
~
i~ i~~
~~:
'r
~i
~~
!u
Z02'ti"'Z21&
",
32. I S," 18
I
!
~~ ~~~
6~ 5~~
Ill'
11"11
~
~~~ zz" ...
~~~
222
......
666 ~~~
.4.
......... 3~§
~
"'''''
000
~
g~~ 2~~
...G
tf.
0
0
~
000
"'...... ""II
"'''''''
2%2
(1
~
~!
~~~
~~"
Z2Z
!;'I~~ ::I~t:t
~~5 §§g
000
".
i1~~
GOo.
,,~
42
;~~
DO!
~gv
.J.J.J
...~~~
"' ...
.J"''''
u ......
,,~'"
ZZ2
.........
"""
000
~U
JJ:L
ill=:i
REMOTE
J.304
PI-IOTO
!.[N~[
L[Vt.L (.Ot-4MON
PI-IOTO S[N$( l..[VtL LO..,OPOIHT
D\.KITO
~(N~[
P~TO
St.N!.[ RELA.Y [NO O~
LlV(L [NO
~~OTO ~[Nst
R[lA" [hiD
PUOTO 5(NS,[ P:tLA.V [1..10
3S
32
\3
3\
'I'-
",
t--~,
(8103
7 • ..,
O~
O~
TA.P[
nor sw.
TAP'" N.C.
N.n
O~ rA.~t
PI.IOTO S(NS[ A.EL"'''' LOA.OPOINT N.c..
PUalO stNSt RtlAY lOAOi'OINT SW.
P~OlO S(NSlR(lA..V lOA..DPOINT N.O.
UPPILP: TADIL rOlLow~R s.w.
UPPtR TAPE. rOI..L.OWE.R N.c;..
nPE SlHSI"-'G LOwtR. R£It.L INNrR.
Up," ~(NSING UPPE.R. OUTE.Q.
$1-I1E.lD
T,6"PE. StH51NG UPPER RE.lL INNER.
,~
TAPt $E.NSING
"
WRITE. LOCKOUT COMMON
WRIT' LOCKOUT SWITC.., N.D.
"
LOwt~
REtL OUT(;.R.
atwlt-.!O r;A,ST CO"-lTROI...
·24 VDe
'l
LONG LOOP/S~ORT LOOP WARNING
27
DOOR INTtRLOCt<.
~Ol
~------_;+---~~----_;_H_rHH--------~,,--_r--~~~---------~I~~:----++----~~~~~~-H--H4~--------~
'.~'':!::L
I>-
01
117VAC GlA. '-lOT
117 V"C Ii'B COMMON
1 -..L.
, c.~o.
~--------------~--------~__r_----~~--~_+~~--------------~_+~----..----~_+~~~--------------~hi~:-~--~-'--..~..----++~..--~++~~~~~~--++~+_--~------nm--9ft~
"ROUND
'-
II
22
AGTUATOR It.lPUT COMMON
11
~ORWA.RD
18
REVERSE AUTO INPUT REMOT£
L,.
'"
"'UTO INPUT RUAOTt
SI..IltL.D
",UTO RtAOV R£MOTt
r---- '"
"".t.NUA.L
9Il
111 v....c. ¢A !-tOT IN
IIlI/AC /}'I9 CO .... MOt.lIN
""RIT~
CO:4TQ,OL.
POW[R
tBlot
.ky~'
~
UlOl
a~
J.30z.
WRIT!: CONTROL
GROUND
J30S
WRITE. LOCKOUT H.o.
MA.NUAL. WRITE. CONTROL
L.-,';'7c:':O::--',.:-7.,.-',:-,",,12c:',,":',:"---;',,-',':"',e::-::-,--::7-::~-":":"::A'-,::"a"':IO:.JI '-;SIOI
[~=~=~~=~=~-=-:-=-------!--~:~O:-=-~3JTBIOI[RLr)
"3
g~
u II
00
~
~ ~
"> o 3
gg n
, ..
....
"
'tl
r.ROUND LUG IOI(QU·t
t.4O\JNTtD ON PSIOO
P5-IOO
B......
0
~
~
~
~
r..
~
0:
~
p~
ec: "~:!!
I~
IlO
""J
~~ ~~ 2 z~~ ~~ ~~
~ ~ffil
j~ '""-"'--0
Q
WI
"
x>1t
l
Ml&1 &2&&
H>
Zz
~"
..
i«
01
B~e
~
....
~g~
~
f2
i
~
Cf.
0
~a~
~
<1:
~
~
~
o
'"
"'" "
"J
">o
" '"
~ ~
.J
~
:I
J303
MI'.NUAL CONTROL PAI-!~L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '
Figure 8-10
Schematic Diagram,
Connector Chassis CC-300
8-19/8-20
I
1. UNI..E55
O.,.\-H::~""IS'E.
I~~~l
~~I~I----------------------------------~r-----------------------,
I
:.
1\-..
rr 1
SpeCI!=IEtl.
Au. C""I>~C\TOR~ IN MIC~O~F\R"'C5
ALL RElAV'S SI-IOW"-l DE.· E"-lE.;?G I <:EO.
I
1
2.. RESIS,IORS 10 BE. !:.OI.OEREO ,0
RELAY'E.RMINA\..5.
I
r -________________-.~~.-'~I~I
TIME D[LAY
L ____ -1
;,. UNL£5S SPECIFIED ALL RF51SrORS
~ \.oJ:t 10~.
~ K80G(a~NTERLOCK
CR802.
R ;) 5~""~".,
..---------+'
I r------------------------.
~HO\"I"
I STopl
~
MANU"'L
CONTROL.
t::1":-:-A=S=r-=R=r."-"vJo
SWITCH
~I+
FOR R.Lf. Cl
olFwol ~pe~
~ ~6--::
~
I
b
0","
0')
,
lO
10
"'"
"
..
70
'
c::::~o
BO
I
\,;-r"
a
T
~
m. ~I~
!>
to C~
0 10
Oil
10
I
04
1I "
--- - - -----
7
lI.
END Of"
0 ..
1Il
-
f\
....---0.\
y
It
~
! .,
r - -l~~~I
~~____~6~
5802-
~
K80;rc.
~_ ~s
-""-- --- --~ -- - - -. rl ~r ------F
E
)0
- -
r-:3.-~ - ------ --- ---- ~- I
~c.
eo
~
=~
I>.
.A.AA
- I I~+:......+--+-. . .-+-.. ~OW~1l
~N<.-_____+~r___
""_.-.
.--..
..... • _1-1--+------'....
I
_.~
I
C
..,
SELECTOR
SWITCH
C802.
~11c~~___'-_O_____+------------~~----_+
-vvv
vvv
MODE.
gK804C~
y,R
&~.-----.....
Re~
ReOI
+
____~
~rl:!
SEE NOTE~
SEEHOT~
SOV
.
TIME DELAY
UNIT
t
100
£R.~
KeOSU)
I
I
I ~ 13 -4
I
I
~------~------~~~-~~ol~
L _ _ --1I
C8Ol.
IHTERL07
I
Eo
~
~~ oP>
-_._---.r.
,-------..,
:.
IS
CReos
""'-'
1
se06 POWfR
)!I>-
---
11-
D~
~
R80~
3'JO.n.
IW
Figure 8-11
Schematic Diagram,
Manual Control Panel CU -800
8-21/8-22
..ill
-\O~.~c.o_~~--------~~--------------------------------------~-----------------------------,
1I
-oq--
PKI
O.c.. A.Mf'LlFlt,'!".
C"C,<"'Y.310050710
)
(c:.c.H"I0078410 )
I
I
I
I
I
>
~'1
::-
>
ISO/( >
Ric>
I 3.9K?'
I
P,","'M~""S~~CM
(. . "'' '.y.
(""-:''S'Y 3 10 0 5(6 10 )
(~c:.H·310077710 )
OR\\lE.R
(~H. 310018510 )
R1..
I
<'
~
lOoK.
R4
(<;,(_H'310C11~IO)
(>
>
/SK.
1%
>
---,
(A":.S·Y:3100&13810)
310057710)
RS
OAt
A
vv
Z·ZI<
I
c.~':"c..
I
R1.. <
: 1.'l1<
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PK. '-
--;'C.-;M~T ~R~G;:-!'I. - - - l
r -<)t,'-
<
I
Q1..
~I
I
I
~,."
I
I
I
I
..
.AAA
I
I
I
C.RI..
1
OT
I
I
I
. -_________+--------~~~~r__+~I[~~_;.~~~~~------.
C.RI
.1 ..
",,",eTO
O~:U.c:.TC'"
I-IE ..O
~i
I
I
I
L ___
~
J~l
....,
~
~
~
R~OOC T
+I'Z..VOC.
<:,~au~o
<":.~~UNO
"
~~
.L'.
~ IP I..
"'r:/,Ov~\::z.'r
--
BI
I
I
~"I~~~~M""L
9~
L _ _ )~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1\
,...,
h.l
I
C.I
C.R"!I
c.';" I
I
.OOS'
I
I
I
I
I
~I~
3.3K'
>
." ..
«>3~K
.--- ~
ol
I
..J L _
I
I
I
(> R'
<1.5K
t8~; ~
I
~q_(): _ _ _ _ _ _ )":..
J L ~ ____
~(
I
I
I
I
I
I
<»
I
I
?
I
I
I
I
""0
[ill
.---0-----'<)0 ()\\"lP\.II, U:\lt:.\...
I
I
I
~----'~-----4------~----~~~J------o GRaU~D
t:.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
______________ J L (:.- ___ .!::o- - - -
--~
j2J
,JD
~
~~
+ 11.. v.D.c.. 0
~~ ~ ngJL!Vd~~~~
?;> Z
;l~;>2;Z;Z~;;Z~:l
"I~Q:J~C~
8 .!J:t~
o
t~
-:~
~ ..
a:~
~.9
~"
~
6
0
Figure 8-12
Schematic Diagram,
Photosens e Base Card
(Used with Photosense Kit
310108110)
8-23/8-24
-IOVDC
2 ~-----.--------------------------------------------------------------~
PK-I
roc
AMPLIFIER
ASSY
IS,CH.
-
310050710
::\10078410
PK-2
- - ---,I I::
f5CHMITTTRIGGER,
TPI
ASS Y 310050810
I ISCH.
R4
$001<
QI
Q2
._- -
ASS'Y
310068BI0
~C.H.
<>10071910
-,
I
I
I
I
I
R2
'J.5'K
II
R,-
-
DRIVER
I
I I
II
I Ie
I
II
1.. .1.1<.
--- - - - -
I
I
3.9K
PK-3
1---
II
3100"77"710
II
RI
-I
B
II
I
--rE-RMIN,Il.,L
tlE.SIGN""" ION <:,
OUTPUT, RELAY
Q2
CR2
CRZ
I
I
I
I
"ROUND
OUTPUT, RELAY
\oJ.c..
+ IZ VOC
OUTPUT L£VEl.
R3
N.C. .
"-J.e..
lSI(
\J.e .
... IZV~'~
t«('(WAV
.----D~-~OUTPUT,LEVEL
<:ORClUND
} PHOrO-CElL' ' .... P117 VAC
± 107..
-3
48-62N
ro-
Q
~
~
¢
81
4
I
4-
Kt.:'-(Wf>..'<
I
(;RO\.lND
E>
31 'J.f>..c...
~
"\10
41
0.2. 'lAC.
I
~',-f[
I~
",\10 "'-
ql
....,
e,
-'"'
~,
L\....".
",..MP,
(":,LC)'N BLClW)
:lIlt 51
~'C
~1-
~50
~17
'3i-
CR'
4-
'2..
I
+1 t. \J.D,C
-IOV.Dc..
S
GRCUND
4
(;,ROUND
II
OU,P\J"Lt:VEL
14-
OU'P\.ll, RELP>.--(
IS
<;ROU\.lO
E,
KEYWAY
b.
KI
+ 1'- V,D.C..
2-
.---_ _ _ _ _ _4-'--_ _ _
r -
:
1
I
t:-,---=---:
L..._
I
I
I
I
L _-'
':>I:.E NO'I:. I
'!lIO
91
'--_ _B'-=-R:.:::.<._'lJ:.:..:I.:...:RE.~ 'S
(;,ROUN {)
'r<.E"<'NA.,(
,--_"'I.;;;.O"'----i '-
GR Ol.l N D
J':
'---~f----r-===-i
~11..
+1£..'i.O.c...
Lr--
-L--
\ 1.
,
.---1f----~;::----I4
.-1f----:~""'()::-:\--!:,
C.R1..
,'- v
~
~I'-,,:
....---")-,-<..--1 \I
_
A,..
'----::-,,)-::-I:,-::-<..---j 14
ro
vo--l--_..:....::.~t.;.;;....4---6-ro
B
v
"'I<.e.
~n
, ~2.1
4-ro
/- f-o
~ +-"\.JO-+-......:..........::.!:...:..-----~3
I
-0
--0
'"
1 +"'-'_O_+_+_---'~:....:~:-''''''--------6"-
f-o
r--7-t-o
r-O'-to
'--
!(I t
K2 OUTPUT
TB4
r--
~
96
I
L----j~_ _ _~..::.I.:.::O:.-_I 2.
~2. \l.f>..c..
3
¢
2-
I<,
L-----~-----------------------------------------~~l,.C~L-L, ~
~f----r,;=9:::00--l S
'--__B:!!I>.~?:::'<.'_''N:.:..!Ic...:.R'<.''_I I
~n
I
I
~IO/
L _ _ ..J
4- ,0
1_ _ _ _ _ _ S "'-'
r -
L..-
{~l-l~R •
I
I"-lPU,
I
(;,l".O\.lNO
''-'
-/
I\-'\P\.l',G"-lO.
::!.
90· , , [
-IO'JD.c...
I
4-
1'-
~IO
4-
~I>."'E 'NIRE/
I
:,
q,
6"'1'l~'lJIRI:./
'I
y
I
3.
~R'<.'NII'lt:/
'I
',..,
r;ROClNO
~I
TB3
IBI
r--
~
~
.,,1
C~A:5S/S'
..11
J4-
II
1--1
TH
GRO\JND
GROUND
- 10 \J.D.c..
+ 1'- 'J, D.C.
+11.'J.D.C.
IhlPUI, GIIIO .
I"-lP\J'T
OIJiP\.lT, U::Vc. L
OUIP\J"
RELP>.Y
t.t:N£'R
"-
9fl
-:'U:' NQ,£' I
~
L--_ _ _ _-::',----j:,
L.....-_ _ _ _ _--=:S
__--i I
L--_ _ _ _ _ _----=:.L_-l
r---~:...:a:..'=----i
I I:, \I A C.
<::'ROI.JND
€:a
IE:, \lAC.
1.
1<.t:."'l'W/>o."'l'
4
+ I:, V oc..
C.OMMON
'J"t--~-\C+'-J-O-+---...:~:....:r~;..'-·,"-------t--8-ro
I
I
L-------~--------------------------------------_.~~11-1..~L-~2ro
L--
L-__________________________________________________________________
"TBE..
~~~O~---------------6
L--------------------------------------<)~Q~I---------------7
L-______________________________________________________________
~~~---------------8
L-______________________________________________________________ __
L-----------------~------------------------------------------------------_:~~'-----------------1
~J9UO~______________________~?_~~~~~------------------------------------------------------------_______________________________~~8~_____________________ 2
~
~(~---------------s
3
Figure 8-16
Schematic Diagram,
Photosense Chassis Wiring
(Used with Photosense Kits
31 0~080 10 and 31 01081 10)
8-31/8-32
r -T' -
~4-
O~,..
.980
2. -0
00(
00(
-<
-<
-<
-<
:'
111 V.A.C.
4B TO
±. 10 "'/0
6~ IV
6 1
>>;..
>>>-
-0-
-:!:-
...
CHA'E>'E>I S
GROUND
-<
-<
-<
-<
-0
~
8
~
B
FI
V4-AMP.
(SLOW SLOW)
~z.
-<
3
71
¢
'-'
¢
BARt::. WIRE /
I
8
3
1
44-
BARE WIRE/
':l10
1
9;;t.
'-'
>)0-
>-
'"
'-'
32. VAC
4-
KE.YWAY
,
~IL~[
GROUND
6
3
Z.
97
-10 V.O.c..
4
3
I\\lPUT GROUND
1
+ I2.VOc..
I~
+ 12. V.D.C.
-
-10 V.D.C.
S
(;,ROUNO
I
GROUND
GROUND
......
~10 ""'350
~{,
<:>1.
94-
!;
CR' .,.,
10V. ~~
i.UIE.R
2.
'I
I'
L __ .-.!
I\\lPUT
2.
'30 " " [
L-
~
941
'310 ""-
32VAC
I
sl
-,
~IO
~
>I
>>- +1
OS
BARE WIRt: /
TB'3.
TS'
~
~I
J
~~
-c
-<
-<
r---
I
00(
-c
"
T
00(
.JI
--,
"
OUTPUT, LE.VEL
14
-Iovee
IS
GROUND
E>
KEYWAY
1
-0
~2.
f-o
J...
.....
'32.5
I
-5
':l~'l' -0
L-
OUTPUl'
':lIO?
':lIO
TB4.J2.:
.J3
r--
BARE WIRE
BARE WIRE
BARE WIRE
':)0
912.
,
3.2 V.A.C.
5
:3 2. VAC. .
~
KEYWAY
2.
GROUND
4-
+ 12. \l.O.C
E.
GROUND
96
911.LC
~
SIll.
':la'
':112.
':l 12. ""CR'2.. '" ~
1'2. \I. ~
r.H1ER
911
,/
2.
90i
~3
~e,z..
S
GROUNO
1
GROUND
.7 2.
12.
i
~6E.
IS
0
'-'
·4
+ \.'2.. V.D.C
+ 1'2.. V.D.c..
II\lPUT GROUND
'3
\I\lPLlT
\I
ClUl'PUT. LE.VE.L
'14-
OUTPLlT, RtLA'Y
~
':l66
-IOV.D.c..
4-
~IS
'30
1
E
':)10
~
S
-
97
GROU\\lD
....,
~'E. ,...
en..... n
~'5S
8
-0
KEYWAY
~
~
S
15 \J.A.c..
I
GROUND
E.
IE:.\l.A.C.
'Z.
KEYWA'(
4-
+ E,
'3
COMMON
-
V.D.C
TI32.
~O
901
~
7
91
~:J
~S
~8
€.
7
GROUND SIIIELD
'::.'G~AL
}
INPUT
CHANNE.L "B"
e,
SIGNi\L GND.
S
4
Z.
SIGl-li\L
INPUT
SIGl-lALGN\J. OIANWE.L "N
C.R :,
lOY . ..,
c.HIER ,.;~
} "DC
~O5
':leI
':) 06
Figure 8-17
Schematic Diagram,
Photosense Chassis. Wiring
(Used with Photosense Kit
31 01082 10)
8-33/8-34
SECTION IX
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKClO\MN
9-1.
INTRODUCTION.
9-2. The following pages constitute an illustrated parts breakdown for
the TM-2 Tape Transport, arranged in disassembly sequence.
9-3. In general, the illustrated 'parts breakdown indicates 'the maximum
permissible disassembly of parts in the field. Further disassembly may
require special tools and fixtures on reassembly, and should not be
undertaken.
9-4. Where serial number effectivity is shown, reference is to the "
catalog numbered item (identified by name plate), not to an assembly or
subassembly part number.
9-5. A Usable On code is used in the breakdown to indicate parts, subassemblies, etc., unique to optional features of the tape transport.
The significance of each code letter is shown below:
A
Transport assembly, 1/2 inch, 60 cps
B
Transport assembly, 1 inch, 60 cps
C
Transport assembly, 1/2 inch, 50 cps
D
Transport assembly, 1 inch, 50 cps
E
Transport electronics assembly, horizontal mounting
F
Transport electronics assembly, vertical mounting
G
Head assembly, 1/2 inch, 8 channel asymmetrical,
read/write
H
Head assembly, 1/2 inch, 8 channel symmetrical,
read/write
I
Head assembly, 1/2 inch, 7 channel asymmetrical,
read/write
J
Head assembly, 1/2 inch, 7 channel symmetrical,
read/write
K
Head assembly, 1 inch, 16 channel asymmetrical,
read/write
L
Head assembly, 1 inch, 16 channel symmetrical,
read/write combination
M
Photosense installation kit, 1/2 inch, w/open circuit driver
9-1
N
Photosense installation kit, 1/2 inch, w/relay
0
photo sense installation kit, 1/2 inch, w/relay and hold
circuit
P
Photosense installation kit, 1 inch
Q
Photosense installation kit, 1 inch, w/relay and hold
. circuit
R
Transport access door, w/o trademark or model number
S
Transport access door, w/o trademark, w/model number
T
Transport access door, w/trademark and model numqer
9-6. In correspondence with Ampex or when ordering parts for the equipment, order by Ampex Part Number. Handling of the order may also be
expedited by noting the catalog number and serial number of the assembly
for which the part is ordered.
9-2
IAM~EX I
AMPEX
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
Figure 9- 1
TM-2 Tape Transport
9-3
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
@
..
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .JI
Figure 9-2
TM-2 Tape Transport Final Assembly ($heet 1 of 3)
9-4
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
2
3
4
5
6
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
I
COMPUTER
7
TM-2 TAPE TRANSPORT FINAL ASSEMBLY
9-2-
Tape Transport Final
Assem~ly,
Ref
TM-2
1
31 01090 10
2
310-015
Fastener, slotted hd, stl (Vibrex #F31N)
3
471-451
Screw, machine, 12-24 NC-2A by 1/2 in"
Phillips, stl cad plt
pan hd
4
471-089
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 1/2 in"
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35209-55)
(shipped with Cover Assembly)
pan hd
4
4
31 01224 10
Bracket·, cover mounting
2
5
3101223 10
Spacer, bracket
2
6
31 01222 10
Cover
1
7
31 01091 10
8
310-015
Fastener, slotted hd, stl (Vibrex #F3lN)
4
9
471-451
Screw, machine, 12-24 NC-2A by 1/2 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt
4
471-089
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 1/2 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35209-55)
(shipped with Cover Assembly)
4
10
31 01226 10
Bracket, cover mounting
2
11
310122710
Spacer, bracket
2
12
31 01225 10
Cover
1
13
3101092 10
14
310-015
15
16
Cover Assembly, 3-1/2 in, blank panel
A/R
2
Cover Assembly, 7 in. blank panel
Cover Assembly, 10-1/2 in. blank panel
.
A/R
-
A/R
Fastener, slotted hd, stl (Vibrex #F31N)
4
471-451
Screw, machine, 12-24 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt
8
471-089
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35209-55)
(shipped with Cover assembly)
8
31 01224 10
Bracket, cover mounting
4
\
17
31 01223 10
Spacer, bracket
4
18
3101228 10
Cover
1
19
31 01064 10
Panel Assembly, manual control (See Figure 9-25)
1
20
145-128
Connector, plug, male (manual) (Cannon
#RLK-A50-22C-l)
1
9-5
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
~----./43
II
I
I
I10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -'I
Figure 9-2
TM-2 Tape Transport Final As sembly (sheet 2 of 3)
9-6
AMPEX
FIG .S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRqOUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-2
21
145-042
Connector, plug, male (write) (Cannon #MC-11E-8-3PN)
1
22
144-106
Connector, plug, female (power)
(Cannon #GK-S3-21C-1/ 2)
1
23
145-127
Connector, plug, male (remote)
(Cannon #RFK-37 -22C-7 /8)
1
24
650-150
Label (IiCaution High Voltage ll )
2
25
310111010
Control Assembly, power supply (horizontal mounting)
(See Figure 9-19)
1
E
26
31 01112 10
Control Assembly, power supply (vertical mounting)
(See Figure 9-19)
1
F
27
31 01045 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in., 8 channel asymmetrical,
read/write (See .Figure 9-3)
1
G
31 01046 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in., 8 channel symmetrical,
read/write (See Figure 9-3)
1
H
31 01047 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in., 7 channel asymmetrical,
read/write (See Figure 9-3)
1
I
31 01048 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in., 7 channel symmetrical,
read/write combination (See Figure 9-3)
1
J
31 01049 10
Head Assembly, 1 in., 16 channel asymmetrical,
read/write (See Figure 9-3)
1
K
28
31 01050 10
•
Head Assembly, 1 in., 16 channel symmetrical,
read/write combination (See Figure 9-3)
1
L
31 01057 10
•
Head Cable and Box As semb1y, 1/2 in. (See Figure 9~4)
1
A,C
31 01058 10
•
Head Cable and Box Assembly, 1 in. (See Figure 9-4)
1
B,D
29
31 01043 10
Ring, writing actuator
1
30
31 01082 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1/2 in., w/open circuit
driver (See Figure 9-5)
1
M
31 01080 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1/2 in., w/relay
\ (See Figure 9-5)
1
N
31 01079 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1/2 in., w/relay and hold
circuit (See Figure 9-5)
1
0
31 01083 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1 in. (See Figure 9-5)
1
P
3101081 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1 in., w/relay and hold
circuit (See Figure 9-5)
1
Q
31
471-876
Screw, machine, 12-24 NC-2B by 5/16 in., slotted pan
hd, brass cad pIt (for shipping purposes)
2
32
502-049
Washer, # 12 spring lock, stl cad plt (for shipping
purposes)
2
9-7
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
..--
I
IL ______________________ .J
Figure 9-2
TM-2 Tape Transport Final As sembly (sheet 3 of 3)
9-8
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTiON
1234567
PROOUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-233
31 01093 10
Bracket, transport lock (for shipping purposes)
1
34
31 01105 10
Transport Assembly, 1/2 in., 60 cycle
(See Figures 9-7 thru 9-17)
1
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly, 1 in., 60 cycle
(See Figures 9-7 thru 9-17)
1
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly, 1/2 in., 50 cycle
(See Figures 9-7 thru 9-17)
1
C
3101106 10
Transport Assembly, 1 in., 50 cycle
(See Figures 9-7 thru 9-17)
1
D
35
31 01087 10
Transformer and Cable Assembly, 60 cycle
1
A,B
36
310108910
Transformer and Cable Assembly, 50 cycle
1
C,D
37
302-103
Clamp, cable, 5/8 in. ID adjustable (Appleton
#BC7286)
1
38
31 01218 10
Cable Assembly, voltage regulator, 60 cycle
1
A,B
39
31 01221 10
Cable Assembly, voltage regulator, 50 cycle
1
C,D
40
180-115
Terminal Strip, 4 terminals w/barrier strip
(FS709) (Jones #4-160-L)
1
41
171-001
Connector, solderless, slotted tongue
(AMP #34541)
6
42
262-003
Bushing, telescoping (AN3420-6)
1
43
600-028
Tubing, nonmetallic, #3, black (MIL-I-631)
A/R
44
600-038
Tubing, nonmetallic, #5, black (MIL-I-631)
A/R
45
600-094
Tubing, nonmetallic, #4, black (Rayclad Tube
Inc. #4)
A/R
46
470-165
Screw, cap, 1/4-28 by 1/2 in., hex sch, stl cad pit
4
47
502-017
Washer, 1/4 ext tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35335-33)
4
48
501-106
Washer, 1/4 flat, stl cad pit (MSI5795-210)
4
49
31 01217 10
Transformer As sembly, 60 cycle
1
A,B
31 01220 10
Transformer Assembly, 50 cycle
1
C,D
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-Z5)
8
C,D
476-063
Screw, self-tapping, #6 by 5/16 in., flat hd Phillips,
stl cad pIt (Parker-Kalan)
2
C,D
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad plt (MSI5795-206)
10
C,D
471-069
•
A,B
9-9
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-2492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, st1 cad pit (MS35649-62)
6
C,D
10
C,D
302-031
.
50
31 01085 10
Filter Assembly (See Figure 9-6)
1
51
31 01076 10
Door Assembly, transport cover (See Figure 9-18)
1
R
31 01077 10
Door Assembly, transport cover, w/Model No.
(See Figure 9-18)
1
S
31 01075 10
Door Assembly, transport cover, w/Mode1 No. and
Ampex identification (See Figure 9-18)
1
T
52
31 01073 10
Cabinet Assembly (See Figure 9-26)
1
53
31 01084 10
Dolly Assembly (See Figure 9-26)
1
.
Clamp, cable, plastic (Commercial Plastic #742-3)
I
~
9-10
AMPEX
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-11
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Figure 9-3
Read/Write Head Assemblies
\
9-12
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER 0 N t------...----4
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
DESCRI PTION
1234567
.9-3-
COMPUTER
READ/WRITE HEAD ASSEMBLIES
31 01045 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in" 8 channel asymmetrical,
read/write (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
G
31 01046 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in" 8 channel symmetrical,
read/write (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
H
31 01047 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in"
7 channel asymmetrical,
read/write (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
31 01048 10
Head Assembly, 1/2 in"
7 channel symmetrical,
read/write combination (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
J
310104910
Head Assembly, 1 in"
16 channel asymmetrical,
read/write (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
K
31 01050 10
Head Assembly, 1 in"
16 channel symmetrical,
read/write combination (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
L
2
470-021
Screw, cap, 6-32 NC-3A by 5/8 in"
pit (MS35457-9)
3
502-009
Washer, #6 spring lock, sst (MS35338-79)
2
4
501-015
Washer, #6 flat, sst (MS15795-306)
2
5
471-379
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/4 in"
Phillips, sst (MS35200-12)
6
60975
Guide, cap
2
7
60701
Spring
2
8
69976
Guide, ring
2
hex sch, stl cad
82 0 flat hd
2
2
9-13
TM-Z Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
o
o
0
[]
o
Figure 9-4
Head Cable and Box
9-14
o
0
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
HEAD CABLE AND BOX
9-4310105710
Head Cable and Box Assembly, 1 I 2 in. (See Figure 9-2,)
Ref
A;C
31 01058 10
Head Cable and Box Assembly, 1 in. (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B,D
470-023
Screw, caA 6-32 NC- 3A by 7 18 in., hex sch, s tl cad pIt
(MS35457-11)
2
2
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
2
3
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad plt (MSI5795-206)
2
4
503-012
Washer, #6 shoulder, nonmetallic (Walsco #7856)
2
31 01135 10
Box Assembly, head cable
1
A,C
31 01136 10
Box Assembly, head cable
1
B,D
5
471-017
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, brass cad plt (Type MS35212)
2
6
31 01142 10
Cove r, chas sis
1
7
471-074
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-30)
4
8
172-003
Lug, soldering, #6 internal tooth (Shakeproof #2104-6)
4
9
31 01144 10
Retainer, e1e ctrica1 cable
4
10
493-013
Nut, self-locking, hex, 2-56 NC-3B, stl cad plt
w/nylon insert (Esna Type NM)
4
11
146-173
Connector, receptacle, female, 26 contacts, supplied
wi mounting washer (Winchester
#MRE26S-J -30)
2
A,C
146-172
Connector, receptacle, female, 34 contacts, supplied
w/mounting washer (Winchester
#SRE34S-J - 30)
2
B.D
31 01141 10
Chassis Assembly, welded
1
A,C
31 01140 10
Chassis Assembly, welded
1
B,D
12
13
490-011
14
145-082
Connector, plug, male, 19 contacts
(Cannon #RSK-19-22C-l1 2)
1
A,C
145-082
Connector, plug, male, 19 contacts
(Cannon #RSK-19-22C-1/2)
2
B,D
144-061
Connector, plug, female, 19 contacts
(Cannon #SK-19-21C-1/2)
1
A,C
144-061
Connector, plug, female, 19 contacts
(Cannon #SK-19-21C-1/2)
2
B,D
15
Nut, anchor, 6-32 NC-2B, stl
(Penn Engg. #WN-632)
8
9-15
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.a
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-416
611-001
Wire. stranded. insulated #20GA (MIL-W-16878)
AIR
17
600-017
Tubing. nonme tallic. insulation, #10 clear (MIL-I-631)
AIR
18
600-023
Tubing. nonmetallic. insulation, #17 black (MIL-I-631)
AIR
19
611-189
Wire. stranded. insulated, #26GA (MIL-W-16878)
AIR
20
171-031
Connector, solderles s, cable termination
(Burndy #YEC90)
16
A,C
171-031
Connector. solderless, cable termination
(Burndy #YEC90)
32
B.D
Connector, solderless. cable termination
(Burndy #YIC-297)
4
A;C
Connector. solderless, cable termination
(Burndy #YIC-297)
8
B,D
Connector, solderless. cable termination
(Burndy #YOC-250)
4
A.C
Connect<;>r, solderless cable termination
(Burndy #YOC-250)
8
B,D
21
171-029
·
·
171-029
22
171-030
171-030
23
600-096
24
262.-004
2.62.-004
25
9-16
31 002.38 10
·
·
·
·
·
Tubing, nonmetallic, 5/16, insulation sleeving,
(Rayclad Tube Inc. )
AIR
Bushing, telescoping (AN3420-8)
2
A,C
Bushing, telescoping (AN3420-8)
4
B,D
I
Cable Assembly, electrical. special purpose,
8 conductor
AIR
IAMPEX I
AMPEX
COMPUTER PRODUCTS COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-17
TM-2 T ape T
ILLUSTRA
ransport
TED PARTS BREAKDOW-N-
Photo
9-18
Figure 9-5
sense S ys t em (she e t 1 of 3)
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-5-
PRODUCTS
PHOTOSENSE SYSTEM
31 01082 10
Photos ens e Installation Kit, 1 I 2 in., wi open circuit
driver (Sec Figure 9-2)
Ref
M
310108010
Photosense Installation Kit, 1/2 in., w/relay
(Sec Figure 9-2)
Ref
N
31 01079 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1/2 in., w/relay and hold
circuit (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
0
31 01083 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1 in. (See Figure
Ref
P
31 01081 10
Photosense Installation Kit, 1 in., w/relay and hold
circuit (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
Q
9-~',)
471-074
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS 35203-30)
1
2
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, sti cad pIt (MS35338-41)
1
3
302-037
Clamp, cable, plastic (Commercial Plastic #742-5)
1
4
31 01209 10
Cable As sembly, photosense
1
5
172-027
Lug, soldering, copper (Zierick #341)
6
600-132
Tubing, nonmetallic, insulation (Rayc1ad Tubes #12)
AIR
7
600-093
Tubing, nonmetallic, insulation (Rayc1ad Tubes #6)
AIR
8
31 01443 10
Fanning Strip
9
600-095
Tubing, nonmetallic, insulation (Rayc1ad # 2)
AIR
10
600-007
Tubing, nonmetallic, #2 black (MIL-I-63l)
AIR
11
31 00686 10
Cable, electrical, special purpose
1
12
31 00687 10
Cable, electrical, special purpose
1
13
470-061
Screw, cap, 4-40 NC-3A by 3/8 in., hex sch, sst,
passivated
2
14
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
2
15
31 01208 10
Photosense Assembly, 1/2 in.
7
1
M,N,
o
31 01207 10
16
31 01434 10
P,Q
Photosense Assembly, 1 in.
Cover, photosense
M,N,
o
31 01433 10
Cover, photosense
17
31 01442 10
Spacer, photosense
18
060-051
Lamp, 5 volt, .06 amp (Chicago Miniature #CM8-685)
P,Q
2
9-19
SOLDER LUG
DIODE
TEFLON
INSULATION
~
5
Figu
r e 9 -{s h e e t 2 of 3)
,
S
stem
Photosense y
9-20
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
2
3
4
5
6
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
I
COMPUTER
7
(J-519
31 01441 10
Housing, lamp
1
M,N,
a
31 01440 10
Hous ing, lamp
1
P,Q
20
310103410
Screw, special, brass
2
P,Q
21
501-084
Washer, flat, 3/32 lD by 3/16
brass
22
492-001
Nut, plain hex, 2-56 NC-2B, bras s cad pIt
2
23
435-044
Clip, cradle (Augat #6015-5)
1
24
600-125
Tubing, nonmetallic
25
31 00594 10
Cell, photo
26
3101435 10
Holder, cell
2
27
471-875
Screw, machine, 2-56 NC- 2A by 1/8 in. , binder hd
slotted, bras s cad pIt
6
28
501-084
Washer, flat, 3/ 32 lD by 3/ 16
brass
29
31 01438 10
Holder, spring
2
30
3101439 10
Clip, spring
2
31
31 01437 10
Housing, photosense
1
aD
by .010 in. thk,
(Birnbach #8014)
el~ctric
2
A/R
2
aD
by .010 in. thk,
6
M,N.
a
3101436 10
Housing, photosense
1
P,Q
32
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, st1 cad plt (MS35208-40)
3
33
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
3
34
31 01202 10
Chassis Assembly, photosense
1
M
31 01201 10
Chassis Assembly, photosense
1
N
3101200 10
Chassis Assembly, photosense
1
O,Q
31 01203 10
Chassis Assembly, photosense
1
P
35
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-40)
2
36
502-026
Washer, #8 lock, int tooth, stl cad pit (MS35338-38)
2
37
3101429 10
Cover
1
38
3101431 10
Base Card As sembly
2
M
31 00588 10
Base Card As semb1y
2
O,Q
9-21
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
+6 VDC POWER SUPPLY
-10 VDC POWER SUPPLY
PHANTASTRON PACKET
DRIVER R\CKET
+ 12
O-C AMPLI FIER PACKET
BASE CARD COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY
Figure 9-5
Photosense System (sheet 3 of 3)
9-22
VDC POWER SUPPLY
IAMa»EX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-531 0.0.589 10.
Base Card As sembly
2
N,P
39
471-0.59
Screw, machine, 4-40. NC-2A by 3/16 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS352D8-11)
3
40.
173-0.69
Standoff, rivet type, 4-40. thd (CTC #130.0.-9)
3
41
31 0.0.50.7 10.
Packet Assembly, DC Amplifier
1
42
31 0.0.670. 10.
Strap, packet
6
43
31 0.0.671 10.
Transistor, PNP, selected (Ql, Q2)
2
44
280.-0.30.
Spacer, transistor (Milton Ross #10.0.12)
2
45
0.44-314
Resistor, variable, 50.0 k, 1/4 w, 10.0/0 (R4)
(Allen-Bradley #RP504U)
1
46
148-0.31
Jack, test point, yellow (TPl)
(Ucinite #1l9437-H)
1
47
0.41-40.6
Resistor, fixed, composition, 22 k, 1/4 w, 50/0
(R6) (MIL-R-ll: RCD7GF223J)
1
48
0.13-0.21
Diode, silicon, IN461 (CRl, CR2)
(General Instrument, Hughes, Rheem)
2-
49
0.41-431
Resistor, fixed, composition, 150. k, 1/4 w, 50/0
(R5) (MIL-R-ll: RCD7GF 154J)
1
50.
0.41-414
Resistor, fixed, composition, 220.0. ohm, 1/4 w,
50/0 (R2) (MIL-R-ll: RCD7GF222J)
1
51
0.41-496
1
52
0.41-511
Resistor, fixed, composition, 10. oh'm. 1/4w,50/0
(R3) (Allen-Bradley #CBIo.D5)
"
Resistor, fixed, composition, 390.0. ohm, 1/4 w,
50/0 (Rl) (MIL-R-ll: RCo.7GF392J)
53
173-0.12
Lug, terminal (TP2) (U seco #20. IDB)
1
54
31 00669 10.
Card, printed wiring
1
55
471-0.59
Screw, machine, 4-40. NC-2A by 3/16 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS352D8-J 1)
1
O,Q
56
173-0.69
Standoff, rivet type, 4-40. thd (CTC # 130.0.-9)
1
O,Q
57
31 0.0577 10.
Packet Assembly, Phantastron
1
O,Q
58
31 0.0.670. 10.
.-
Strap, packet
5
O,Q
59
310.0.671 10.
Transistor, PNP, selected (Q2, Q3)
2
O,Q
60.
0.14-0.97
Transistor, germanium (Ql)
(General Instrument #GT1795)
1
O,Q
61
280.-0.30.
Spacer, transistor (Milton Ross #10.0.12)
3
O,Q
1
9-23
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-S62
033-038
Capacitor, metallized, 2 uf, 100 vdc, S% (C3)
(Electron #MI-20SD)
1
O,Q
63
033-039
Capacitor, metallized, 1 uf, 100 vdc, S% (C2)
(Electron #MI-I0SD)
1
O,Q
64
030-0S1
Capacitor, ceramic, • OOS uf, SO vdc, (Cl)
(Sprague #40C172, Electra #8NS02RLS)
1
O,Q
6S
013-021
Diode, silicon, IN461 (CRl, CR4)
(General Instrument, Hughes, Rheem)
2
O,Q
66
013-151
Diode, germanium (CR2, CR3)
(General Instrument #DR482)
2
O,Q
67
013-132
Diode, germanium (CR5) (Hughes # IN96A)
1
O,Q
68
041-519
Resistor, fixed, composition, 56 k, 1/4 w, 5%
(Rl) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF563J)
1
O,Q
69
042-141
Resistor, fixed, film, 100 k, 1/2 w, 1% (R2)
(MIL-R-I0509: RNI5XI003F)
1
O,Q
70
041-413
Re s is tor, fixed, composition, 6800 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R3) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF682J)
1
O,Q
71
041-409
Resistor, fixed, composition, 15 k, 1/4 w, 5%
(R4) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF153J)
1
O,Q
72
041-443
Re sis tor, fixed, composition, 39 k, 1/4 w, 5%
(R5) (Allen-Bradley Type CB)
1
O,Q
73
041-394
Resistor, fixed, composition, 100 k, 1/4 w, 5%
(R6) (Allen-Bradley Type CB)
1
O,Q
74
041-430
Resistor, fixed, composition, 1500 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R 7) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF152J)
1
O,Q
75
041-414
Resistor, fixed, composition, 2200 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R8) (MIL-R-11: RC07GF222J)
1
O,Q
76
615-002
Wire, bare, solid, #22 copper, tinned
(MIL-3861, Type S)
A/R
O,Q
77
600-036
Tubing, nonmetallic, #20 Teflon, clear
A/R
O,Q
78
31 00683 10
Card, printed wiring
1
O,Q
79
31 00508 10
80
31 00670 10
Strap, packet
6
81
014-083
Transistor, germanium, NPN (Ql, Q2)
(General Instrument #2N444A)
2
82
280-030
Spacer, transistor (Milton Ross #10012)
2
83
013-132
Diode, germanium (CRl) (Hughes #lN96A)
1
9-24
Packet Assembly, Schmitt Trigger
1
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-584
041-407
Resistor, fixed, composition, 3300 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (Rl) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF332J)
1
85
041-520
Resistor, fixed, composition, 7500 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R2) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF752J)
1
86
041-409
Resistor, fixed, composition, 15 k, 1/4 w, 5%
(R3) (MIL-R-l1: RC07GFI53J)
1
87
041-518
Resis tor, fixed, composition, 33 k, 1/4 w, 5%
(R4) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF333J)
1
88
041-413
Resistor, fixed, com pas i tion, 6800 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R5) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF682J)
1
89
31 00672 10
Card, printed wiring
1
90
31 01712 10
Packet Assembly, Driyer
1
M
91
31 00670 10
Strap, packet
6
M
92
014-097
Transistor, germanium, (Q1, Q2)
(Genera_l Instrument #qT1795)
2
M
93
280-030
Spacer, transistor (Milton Ross # 100 12)
2
M
94
041-414
Resistor, fixed, composition, 2200 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (Rl) (MIL-R-l1: RC07GF222J)
1
M
95
041-427
Re sis tor, fixed, composition, 330 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R2) (MIL-R-11: RC07GF33lJ)
1
M
96
041-407
Resistor, fixed, composition, 3300 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R3) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF332J)
1
M
97
3101819 10
Card, printed wiring
1
M
98
31 00688 10
Packet Assembly, Driver
1
N,O,
P,Q
99
31 00670 10
Strap, packet
6
N,O,
P,Q
100
014-083
Transistor, germanium, NPN (Ql)
(Hughes #2N444A)
1
N,O,
P,Q
101
014-097
Transistor, germanium (Q2)
(General Instrument #GT1795)
1
N,O,
P,Q
102
280-030
Spacer, transistor (Milton Ross #10012)
2
N,O,
P,Q
103
013-152
Diode, germanium, stabistor (CRl)
(Transitron #S320G)
1
N,O,
P,Q
104
013-153
Diode, germanium (CR2) (Hughes #lN192)
1
N,O,
P,Q
~
..
9-25
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG .6
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
9-5105
106
107
108
109
041-407
041-410
041-408
041-412
'310071110
Resistor, fixed, composition, 3300 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (Rl) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GF332J)
1
Resistor, fixed, composition, 1000 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R2) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GFI02J)
1
Resistor, fixed, composition, 10 k, 1/4 w, 5%
(R3) (MIL-R-ll: RC07GFI03J)
1
Resistor, fixed, composition, 4700 ohm, 1/4 w,
5% (R4) (MIL-R-1 1: RC07GF472J)
1
Card, printed wiring
1
N,O,
P,Q
N,O,
P,Q
N,O,
P,Q
N,O,
P,Q
N,O,
P,Q
110
31 00578 10
III
31 00289 10
112
031-186
Capacitor, electrolytic, 100 uf, 25 volt
(Sprague # 30D 188Al)
113
031-220
Capacitor, electrolytic, 250 uf, 12 volt (C2)
(Sprague #30D157Al)
1
114
013-197
Diode, silicon (CRl, CR2) (RCA #lN3193)
2
115
043-469
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 100 ohm, 3 w, 3%
(Rl, R2) (Dalohm #RLS-2B)
2
116
31 00572 10
Card Assembly, terminal
1
117
173-071
118
31 00288 10
119
031-187
Capacitor, electrolytic, 50 uf, 50 volt (Cl, C2)
(Sprague # 30D200Al)
2
120
031-186
Capacitor, electrolytic, 100 uf, 25 volt (C3)
(Sprague # 30D 188Al)
1
121
031-220
Capacitor, electrolytic, 250 uf, 12 volt
(Sprague #30D157Al)
122
013-197
Diode, silicon (CRl, CR2) (RCA #lN3193)
2
123
043-449
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 270 ohm, 3 w, 3%
(Rl, R2) (Dalohm #RLS-2B)
2
124
31 00571 10
Card Assembly, terminal
1
125
173-071
126
31 00287 10
9-26
Base Card
1
Card Assembly, power supply, +6 vdc
1
(Cl)
1
Lug, terminal, hollow, brass
(Useco # 1390B-200)
4
Card As s em bly, powe r supply, -10 vdc
1
(C4)
1
Lug, terminal, hollow, brass
(Useco #1390B-200)
4
Card Assembly, power supply, +12 vdc
1
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-5127
031-187
Capacitor, electrolytic, 50 u£, 50 volt (Cl, C2)
(Sprague # 30D200Al)
2
128
031-247
Capacitor, electrolytic, 200 u£, 15 volt (C3)
(Sprague If 30D 174Al)
1
129
013-197
Diode, silicon (CRl, CR2) (RCA IflN3193)
2
130
043-450
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 470 ohm, 3 w, 3%
(Rl, R2) (Dalohm IfRLS-2B)
2
131
31 00570 10
Card Assembly, terminal
1
132
173-071
133
471-060
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-l2)
4
134
502-024
Washer, #4 lock, int tooth, stl cad plt (MS35333-36)
4
135
3101427 10
Connector Plate Assembly
1
M
31 01428 10
Connector Plate Assembly
1
N,O,
P,Q
Lug, terminal, hollow, brass
(Useco If l390B-200)
4
136
471-063
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35Z08-l5)
10
137
501-008
Washer, 1f4 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-204)
10
138
496-004
Nut, keps, 4-40 NC -2B, ext washer, stl cad pit
(Shakeproo£)
10
139
168-019
Connector, printed circuit board (J 1, J 2)
(Continental Connector Corp
#600-l10A-546-F6)
2
140
168-017
Connector, printed circuit board (J3) (Continental
Connector Corp #600-110A-900-C3)
1
141
168-018
Connector, printed circuit board (J4) (Continental
Connector Corp #600-110A-900-D4)
1
142
168-016
Connector, printed circuit board (J5) (Continental
Connector Corp #600-110A-900-B2)
1
143
470-027
Screw, cap, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., hex sch,
stl cad pIt (MS35457-14)
2
144
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
2
145
31 01708 10
Spacer, sleeve
2
146
471-060
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208 -12)
2
9-27
TM-2 Tape 'T'ransport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
9-5147
496-004
Nut, keps, 4-40 NC-2B, ext washer, stl cad pIt
(Shakeproof)
2
148
31 01707 10
Deflector, air
1
149
31 01706 10
Connector Plate
1
150
471-067
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/4 in" pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-23)
4
151
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad plt (MS35333-37)
4
152
31 01426 10
Diode Bracket Assembly
1
31 01425 10
Diode Bracket Assembly
1
M,P
N,O,
Q
153
013-145
Diode, zener, 10 volt, 3 w, ±2,5%, w/mounting
hardware (CRl) (IRC #3Z10, V25)
1
154
013-146
Diode, zener, 12 volt, 3 w, ±5%, w/mounting
hardware (CR2) (IRC #3Z12, T5)
1
155
013-'156
Diode, zener, 6 volt, 3 w, ± 0, 1%, w/mounting
hardware (CR3) (IRC # 3Z6,OlO 1)
1
156
471-081
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 5/8 in"
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-43)
1
157
158
159
492-010
302-013
31 00299 10
pan hd
N,O,
Q
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, stl cad plt
(MS35649-82)
1
Clamp, cable, plastic, 5/8 in, ID
(Commercial Plastics)
2
Relay, millisecond (Kl, K2)
2
N,O,
Q
N,O,
Q
N,O,
Q
160
161
162
471-078
496-001
3101705 10
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in"
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-40)
pan hd
1
N,O,
Q
Nut, keps, 8-32 NC-2B, ext washer, stl cad plt
(Shakeproof)
1
Bracket, relay
1
N,O,
Q
N,O,
Q
163
31 01704 10
Wiring harne s s
1
N,O,
Q
164
013-132
Diode, germanium (CR4, CR5) (Hughes #lN96A)
2
N,O,
Q
165
260-005
Grommet, neoprene (Rubbercraft #6)
166
471-068
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in"
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-24)
9-28
1
pan hd
2
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-5167
496-002
Nut, keps, 6-32 NC-2B, ext washer, stl cad pIt
(Shakeproof)
2
168
31 01702 10
Bracket, diode
1
169
31 01703 10
Terminal Board Assembly (TBl)
1
170
173-024
Lug, terminal (Useco #1280B)
18
171
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, st1 cad pIt (MS35208-40)
4
172
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-207)
4
173
496-006
Nut, keps, 8-32 NC-2B, ext tooth, stl cad pIt
(Shakeproof)
4
174
172-001
Lug, soldering, #8 lock type (Shakeproof
#2104-08-00)
1
175
31 00291 10
Transformer, power (T1)
1
176
070-005
Fuse, cartridge, 1/4 amp, slow blow (F 1)
(Littlefuse #3l3. 250)
1
177
471-327
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in., 82 0 flat hd
Phillips, st1 cad plt (MS35192-13)
1
178
496-004
Nut, keps, 4-40 NC-2B, ext washer, stl cad pit
(Shakeproof)
1
179
130-004
Fuse Holder (Littlefuse #357001)
1
180
471-005
Screw, machine, 2-56 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
slotted, brass cad pIt (MS35229-5)
12
181
502-001
Washer, #2 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-39)
12
182
492-001
Nut, plain hex, 2-56 NC-2B, brass cad pIt
12
183
180-116
Terminal Strip, phenolic, 8 terminal (TB2, TB3,
TB4) (Kulka #410-3/4ST-8MFE)
3
184
31 01430 10
Wiring Harness, branched
1
185
31 00249 10
Identification Plate
1
186
31 01424 10
Base Assembly, chassis
1
187
280-019
Spacer, 6-32 thd, brass cad pit (CTC #1246BXl/2)
4
188
494-016
Nut, clinch, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pIt
(Penn Engg Co #CL-440-2)
4
9-29
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
I
I
I
,I
1
..
I
Figure 9-6
Positive Pressure Filter Assembly
9-30
IAMPlEX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-6-
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
POSITIVE PRESSURE FILTER ASSEMBLY
31 01085 10
Filter Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
471-068
Screw, machine, 6-32 NF-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-24)
2
2
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35333-37)
2
3
31 01215 10
Cover
4
370-018
Filter (Air Maze #P61A)
5
471-345
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., 82° flat hd,
stl cad pIt (MS35192-40)
6
31 01216 10
Spacer
7
471-086
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, st1 cad plt (MS35209-52)
4
8
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-43)
4
9
31 0121110
Bracket Assembly
3
10
490-010
11
31 01214 10
Housing, filter, weldment
12
300-050
Clamp, hose (Cenco #12178 size 4)
13
600-134
Tubing, nonmetallic, 2-1/2 in. ID by 18 in. with 3/4
in. cuffs (Flexible Tubing Corp #FT-3856)
14
31 01212 10
Gasket, filter
2
15
31 01213 10
Gasket, filter
2
Nut, anchor, 8-32 NC-2B (Penn Engg. #WN832)
3
2
9-31
TM-2 Ta
ILLUST pe Transport
RATED P A
- -BREAKD OWN
RTS
\
9-32
Vacuum Bl
FO
19ure 9-7
. and E lapsed TOlme Meter
ower
IAMPEX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-7-
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
V ACUUM BLOWER AND ELAPSED TIME METER
31 01105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
31 01248 10
Vacuum Blower Assembly
1
1
31 01533 10
Filter, vacuum blower
1
2
471-087
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2B by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35209-53)
2
3
171-069
Connector, s'olderless, ring tongue, #10 (AMP #34146)
1
4
169-019
Connector, contact pin (AMP #42641-1)
3
5
169-049
Connector, chassis plug, 3 pin (AMP #480177-1)
1
6
31 01534 10
Motor, vacuum
1
7
31 00747 10
Housing Assembly, vacuum motor
1
8
296-116
9
471-071
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-28)
2
10
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
2
11
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-206)
2
12
470-039
Screw, cap, 10-32 NF-3A by 5/8 in., hex sch,
stl cad plt (MS35458-l2)
4
13
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-43)
4
14
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-208)
4
15
3101284 10
Standoff
3
16
31 01285 10
Standoff
1
17
477-177
Screw, set, headless, 10-32 by 7/8 in., hex soc,
cup point, stl cad pit (Allen)
4
18
31 01247 10
Base Assembly, vacuum blower
1
19
440-092
Plug, slotted hd, brass, 1/8 in. pipe thd
,(Imperial Brass # 117B)
1
20
471-558
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 3/16 in., slotted
binder hd, stl cad plt
1
Gasket, foam rubber, 1/2 by 3/4 by 19 in.
(Bracamonte)
1
9-33
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE IEFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-721
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-204)
1
22
31 01532 10
Cover, bleeder
1
23
31 01500 10
Gasket
1
24
471-072
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-28)
4
25
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-206)
4
26
502-003
27
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-22)
4
28
180-119
Terminal strip, barrier, 4 terminal, w/marker strip
(TB709) (Kulka #600-3/4ST-4)
(See Figure 9-17)
Ref
29
31 01306 10
Screw, machine. special
2
30
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-206)
2
31
280-003
•
Spacer, #6,brass cad pIt (H. H. Smith
2
32
502-003
•
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-4l)
2
33
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-62)
2
34
650-147
Seal, lead w/copper wire (Patrick & Co. # 122)
1
35
31 01307 10
Cover, terminal
1
36
180-124
Terminal Strip, barrier, single screw terminal (TB710)
(Kulka #599-2)
1
31 01300 10
Plate Assembly, mounting
A,B
31 01311 10
Plate Assembly,· mounting
C,D
• . Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-4l)
•
#2100)
4
37
471-071
'Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-28)
2
38
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-4l)
2
39
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-206)
2
40
31 01619 10
Standoff
2
41
471-062
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-l4)
4
42
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
4
43
171-010
Connector, solderless, #5, ring tongue (AMP)
2
44
090-024
Meter, elapsed time, 60 cps (B707) (Haydon #ED7l)
9-34
A,B
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
2
3
4
5
6
COMPANY
QTY. USE [EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCR I PTION
I
PRODUCTS
7
9-7090-031
Meter, elapsed time, 50 cps (B707) (Haydon #ED71)
1
45
471-071
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-27)
2
46
506-013
Washer, #6, stl cad pit (Weckesser #D-140)
2
47
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-41)
2
48
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pit (MS35649-62)
2
49
302-037
Clamp, cable, plastic, 5/16 in. ID (Commercial
Plastic #742-5)
2
50
171-001
Connector, solderless, #6, slotted tongue
(AMP #34541)
2
51
172-003
Lug, soldering, #6, int t.ooth (Shakeproof #2104-06)
1
52
036-055
Capacitor, paper, dual bathtub type, .5 uf, 600 vdc
(Sprague #BP-2506)
1
53
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-ZA by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35Z08-25)
2
54
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-41)
Z
55
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B by 5/8 in. , stl cad pit
(MS35649-62)
2
56
31 01620 10
Shield
1
57
260-032
Grommet, elastic (Accurate Sales #GS3181)
1
58
31 01618 10
Plate, mounting
1
C,D
\
.
9-35
TM-2 T ape T ransport
IL
LUSTRATED PARTS BREAK DOWN
_
9-36
--.L
ply Reel
,
T k
Figure 9-8
a e-U p R eel, and R eel Motors (s heet 1 of 2)
IAM~EX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-8-
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON TH RU
SUPPLY REEL, TAKE-UP REEL
AND REEL MOTORS
31 01105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
31 01242 10
• Retainer Assembly, reel
1
1
31 01462 10
Handle, reel retainer
1
2
31 01477 10
Spring, helical
1
3
31 01463 10
Pin, straight, headed
1
4
31 01468 10
Spring, helical
1
5
31 01476 10
Screw, cap
1
6
31 01474 10
Nut, plain
1
7
31 01475 10
Washer, thrust
2
8
31 01471 10
Retainer, reel
1
9
406-024
Pin, roll (Esna #79-012-062-0625)
1
10
474-044
Pin (Vlier #S48A)
1
11
31 01464 10
Retaine r, ball
1
12
420-020
Bearing, ball, .250 dia (Hartford Ball Co.
.Grade I 440C)
3
13
31 01461 10
Cup, reel retainer cam
1
14
31 01473 10
Tire, reel retainer
1
15
31 01466 10
Ring, reel retainer
1
16
31 01465 10
Washer, flat
1
17
31 01467 10
Pin, straight, headless
1
18
31 01469 10
Spring, helical
1
19
471-089
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35209-55)
3
20
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-43)
3
21
31 01472 10
Reel Retainer
1
22
31 01470 10
Washer, spring, compression
1
-
9-37
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Figure 9-8
Supply: Reel, Take-Up Reel, and Reel Motors (sheet 2 of 2)
9-38
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCR I PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE re:FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-823
31 01478 10
24
Spacer. disk
1
474-044
Pin (Vlier #S48A)
1
25
492-058
Nut, plain hex, 5/16-18 NC-2B, stl cad pIt
8
26
502-066
Washer, 5/16 spring lock, st1 cad pIt (MS35338-83)
8
27
501-030
Washer, 5/16 flat, stl cad pIt (AN960-516)
8
28
31 01268 10
Motor Assembly, reel
2
29
31 00212 10
Shim, .0015 in. thk, brass
AIR
30
31 00213 10
Shim, .003 in. thk, brass
AIR
31
31 00214 10
Shim, .005 in. thk, brass
AIR
32
31 00215 10
Shim, .010 in. thk, brass
AIR
33
31 01312 10
Shim, .020 in. thk, brass
AIR
34
477-173
Screw, set, headless, 5/16-18 NC-3A by 1-3/4 in.,
hex soc, stl cad pIt (Allen)
8
35
31 01240 10
Reel Assembly, fixed
1
B,D
31 01241 10
Reel As s emb1y, fixed
1
A,C
36
31 00792 10
Cap
1
37
432'-043
o
1
38
471-093
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2A by 1 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35209-59)
3
39
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-43)
3
40
402-011
Pin, dowel, .1250 dia, by .50 in.,sst
1
Ring (MS29513-139)
9-39
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
o
o
0
[]
o
Figure 9-9
Capstan Drive Motor Assembly
9-40
o
0
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-9-
PRODUCTS
CAPSTAN DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
3101105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure
9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure
9-2)
Ref
D
1
470-041
Screw, cap, 10-32 NF-3A by 7/8 in., hex sch, stl cad
plt (MS35458-14)
3
2
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-40)
3
3
501-011
Washer, # 10 flat, stl cad plt (MS 15795-207)
3
4
31 01283 10
Standoff
3
5
477-177
Screw, set, headless, 10-32 by 7/8 in., hex soc,
cup point, stl cad pIt (Allen)
3
31 01253 10
Drive Motor Assembly, capstan
1
A,B
31 01254 10
Drive Motor Assembly, capstan
1
C,D
6
477-119
7
,
2
31 01540 10
Screw, set, headless, 10-32 NF-ZA by 1/4 in.,
hex soc, cup point, sst w/nylon insert
(Nylock)
Pulley
1
A,B
31 01541 10
Pulley
1
C,D
8
470-045
Screw, cap, 1/4-20 UNC-3A by 1/2 in., hex sch,
stl cad pIt (MS35457-33)
4
9
502-028
Washer, lock, 1/4 in., int tooth, stl cad plt
(MS35333- 35)
4
31 01544 10
Motor, capstan drive, ac, '1800/3600 rpm, 60 cps
1
A,B
31 01545 10
Motor, capstan drive, ac, 1500/3000 rpm, 50 cps
1
C,D
11
471-074
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35Z08-30)
4
12
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
4
13
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-206)
4
14
280-009
Spacer, brass, cad plt (H.H. Smith #2102)
(Birnbach # 1127)
4
15
31 01542 10
Board Assembly, component
1
16
035-346
Capacitor, tubular, .33 uf, 400 vdc (C704, C705,
C706, C707) (Mallory #GEM4033)
4
17
041-356
Resistor, 15 ohm, 1/ 2 watt,
R705, R706)
4
10
°
10% (R703, R704,
9-41
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-918
600-024
Tubing, insulation, electrical, #20, black
(MIL-I-631)
AIR
19
600-009
Tubing, insulation, electrical, #4, black
(MIL-I-631)
AIR
20
493-002
Nut, self-locking, hex, 6-32 NC-2B, brass cad pIt
wlnylon insert (Esna Type NM)
3
21
501-009
Washer, lock, 1/4 in., int tooth, stl cad pit
(MS35333- 35)
3
22
020-113
Relay, coil, 24 vdc, 5 amp, 135 vac, 60 cps (K701)
(Comar Type A)
23
493-004
Nut, self-locking, hex, 10-32 NF-2B, brass cad pIt
wlnylon insert (Esna Type NM)
2
24
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-208)
2
25
290-019
Bracket, capacitor, spade lug type, 10-32 by 15/16
in. 19 stud (MIL-C-25: CP07SB5)
2
A,B
290-014
Bracket, capacitor, spade lug type, 10-32 by 15/16
in. 19 stud (MIL-C-25: CP07SB6)
2
C,D
26
31 01547 10
Strap, capacitor mounting
27
036-046
Capacitor, paper, 22 uf, 236 vac, 60 cps (C2)
(Sprague #20lPlSl)
A,B
036-052
Capacitor, paper, 25 uf, 236 vac, 50 cps (C2)
(Sprague #S49755)
C,D
28
013-015
Diode (CR 705) (General Electric # lN9l)
29
471-072
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-2S)
4
30
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS3533S-41)
4
31
180-119
Terminal Strip, phenolic body, 4 one-sided
terminals (Kulka #600-3/4 ST-4
wlmarker strip)
32
471-078
Screw, machine, S-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS3520S-40)
33
502-015
Washer, #8 ext tooth lock, stl cad pit (MS35335-3l)
34
302-111
Clamp, cable, plastic, adjustable (Panduit Corp
#LSC-2D)
35
471-072
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS3520S-2S)
36
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS3533S-4l)
9-42
IAM~EX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE FFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-937
302-036
Clamp, cable, plastic (Commercial Plastic #742-6)
1
38
260-016
Grommet, elastic, 3/8 in, rD, 7/8 in, OD, 1/2 in,
thk (MS35489-98)
1
39
260-032
Grommet, elastic, 3/16 in. ill, 1/2. in, OD, 7/32 in.
thk (Accurate Sales #GS2l-8l)
1
40
31 01543 10
Plate, motor mounting
1
9-43
TM-2 T ape T
ILLUSTR
ransport
ATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
~
I
C701~
4~1
3~2
TB708
Pos't'
Figur 9
e -10
P ressure Bl ower
1 lye
9-44
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
POSITIVE PRESSURE BLOWER
9-10-
1
3101105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
300-053
Clamp, tube (Aero Seal #200)
1
2
Screw, machine, #2-64 NF-2A by 3/16 in., slotted
round hd
4
3
Washer, # 2 lock (Rotron #8649-2)
4
4
260-004
Grommet, elastic
1
5
31 01277 10
Housing, blower inlet
1
6
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stljcad plt (MS35208-40)
2
7
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
2
8
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, st1 cad plt (MS15795-207)
2
9
471-068
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-24)
4
10
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, st1 cad plt (MS15795-206)
4
11
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, st1 cad plt (MS35338-41)
4
12
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad plt (MS35649-62)
4
13
591-028
Fan, blower· (Rotron Type KS409)'
1
14
31 01298 10
Gasket
1
15
470-071
Screw, cap, 6-32 NC-3A by 1/2 in., hex sch, sst
4
16
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
4
17
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-206)
4
18
31 01296 10
Adapter, blower
1
19
31 01298 10
Gasket
1
20
471-069______
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-25)
1
21
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
1
22
506-013
Washer, cable clamp, st1 cad plt (Weckesser #D-140)
1
'23
302-029
Clamp, cable (AN742D14C)
1
9-45
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-1024
471-069
25
.
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-25)
2
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, st1 cad pit (MS15795-206)
2
26
502-014
Washer, #6 lock, ext tooth, stl cad pit (MS35335-30)
2
27
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-62)
2
28
036-049
Capacitor, oil, 1 mfd, 600
29
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-40)
2
30
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, st1 cad pit (MS35338-42)
2
31
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-207)
2
32
3101617 10
Bracket, blower
1
,
9-46
vd~
(Sprague #90Pl3) (C701)
1
I
AMrr»EX
AMPEX
COMPUTER
I
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
\
This page intentionally left blank.
9-47
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
o
o
0
[]
o
)
Figure 9-11
Upper Servo Control
9-48
0
0
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON TH RU
UPPER SERVO CONTROL
9-1131 01105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
3l0ll06 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
1
471-064
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208 -16)
3
2
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
3
3
492-008
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pit (MS35649-42)
3
4
l80-ll6
Strip, terminal, 2-1/2 in. 19, 8 terminal, phenolic,
w/ marker strip (TB70 1) (Kulka
#410-3/4 ST-8 MFE) (See Figure 9-17)
5
471-064
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-l6)
4
6
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cacl pit (MS35338-40)
4
7
180-117
Strip, terminal, 3-9/32 in. 19, 7 one sided terminals,
phenolic, w/marking strip (TB703) (Kulka
#600-3/4 ST-7) (See Figure 9-17)
8
582-002
Rectifier, selenium, single phase half wave (CR 701,
CR 702) (Sarkes Tarzian #40LA)
2
9
471-061
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-13)
2
10
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
2
11
130-008
Holder, rectifier, 2 pole (Littlefuse #099063)
12
471-070
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-26)
13
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-4l)
14
506-013
Washer, #6 stl cad pit (Weekes ser #D-140)
15
302-007
16
471-080
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-42)
2
17
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
2
18
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-207)
2
31 01250 10
Control Assembly, servo
19
492-049
•
Ref
Ref
Clamp, cable, 1/4 in. ID (Commercial Plastic #742-4)
Nut, plain hex, 3/8-32 NEF-2B, stl cad plt
(MS35082-7)
9-49
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.a
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE IEFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-1120
502-083
Washer, 3/8 in., int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35333-42)
1
21
31 01537 10
Switch, differential vacuum (S706)
1
22
471-086
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2A by 5/16 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35209-52)
2
23
502-027
Washer, #10 lock, int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35333-39)
2
24
31 01536 10
Transducer, differential vacuum (TR 701)
1
25
269-099
Rubber, extrusion, U shaped (Rubbercraft #789)
26
31 01535 10
Plate, mounting
\
,.
9-50
AIR
1
IAMn»EX I
AMPEX
COMPUT[R
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-51
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Figure 9-12
Lower Servo Control
9-52
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
DESCR I PTION
1234567
9-12-
PRODUCTS COMPANY
LOWER SERVO CONTROL
31 01105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
1
471-064
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-16)
3
2
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
3
3
492-008
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-42)
3
4
180-116
Strip, terminal, 2-1/2 in. 19, 8 terminal, phmolic,
w/marker strip (TB702) (Kulka
#4l0-3/4ST-8MEF) (See Figure 9-17)
5
471-064
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-16)
4
6
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
4
7
180-117
Strip, terminal, 3-9/32 in. 19, 7 one-sided terminals,
phenolic, w/marker strip (TB706) (Kulka
#600-3/4ST-7) (See Figure 9-17)
8
582-002
Rectifier, selenium, single phase, half wave
CR 704) (Sarkes Tarzian #40LA)
9
471-061
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-13)
2
10
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
2
11
130-008
Holder, rectifier, 2 pole (Littlefuse #099063)
12
471-070
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
. Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-26)
13
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-4l)
14
506-013
Washer, #6 stl cad pit (Weckesser #D-140)
15
302-007
Clamp, cable, 1/4 in. ID (Commercial Plastic #742-4)
16
471-080
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-42)
2
17
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-42)
2
18
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-207)
2
31 01251 10
Control Assembly, servo
19
492-049
(CR703,
Ref
Ref
2
Nut, plain hex, 3/8-32 NEF-2B, stl cad pIt
(MS35082-7)
9-53
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.a
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRIPTION
r
2
3
4
5
6
7
9-1220
502-083
Washer, 3/8 in., int tooth, stl cad plt (MS35333-42)
1
21
31 01537 10
Switch, differential vacuum (S707)
1
22
471-086
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2A by 5/16 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35209-52)
2
23
502-027
Washer, #10 lock, int tooth, stl cad plt (MS35333-39)
2
24
31 01536 10
Transducer, differential vacuum (TR 702)
1
25
269-099
Rubber, extrusion, U shaped (Rubbercraft #789)
26
31 01538 10
Plate, mounting
1
--
9-54
A/R
AMPEX
COMPUTfR
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-55
nsport
WN
TM- 2 Tape Tra PARTS B REAKDO
ILLUSTRATED,
er~
®
°
ure 9-13
Flg
d Housing
OSCI°llator an
.
9-56
IAM~EX I
AMPEX
FIG .S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
OSCILLATOR AND HOUSING
9-1331 01105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
31 01265 10
Oscillator Assembly (OSC700)
1
1
012-065
Tube, electron, 9 pin miniature (V2) (RCA #12BH7)
1
2
012-108
Tube, electron, 9 pin miniature (VI) (RCA or General
Electric # 12AX7)
1
3
150-080
Socket, tube, 9 pin (Cinch Type #144P24023)
2
4
471-077
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-39)
2
5
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-207)
2
6
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, st1 cad pIt (MS35338-42)
2
7
492-010
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-82)
2
8
563-020
Transformer, cased (T 1) (Triad #A53X)
1
9
168-007
Contact, printed circuit board (Elco #5001-1913)
10
041-023
Resistor, fixed, composition, lOOk, 1/2w, ±50/0
(Rl, R13) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF 104J)
2
11
041-028
Resistor, fixed, composition, 330 k, 1/2 w, ±50/0
(R8) (MIL-R-11: RC20GF334J)
1
12
041-476
Resistor, fixed, composition, 1.2 meg, 1/2 w,
±50/0 (RIO, R11) (MIL-R-ll:RC20GF125J)
2
13
041-245
Resistor, fixed, composition,lOOO k, 1/2 w, ±50/0
(R2, R12) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF 102J)
2
14
035-356
Capacitor, tubular, .1 uf, 400 vdc, ±50/0 (C5)
(Gudeman #337E104J)
1
15
034-184
Capacitor, mica, 300 pf, 500 vdc, ± 50/0 (C7)
(E1menco #DM15F680J)
1
16
034-199
Capacitor, mica, 300 pf, 500 vdc, ± 50/0 (C2, C3, C4)
(E1menco #DM15F30 lJ)
3
17
041-318
Resistor, fixed, composition, 120 k, 1/2 w, ±50/0
(R4, R5, R6,) (MIL-R-l1:RC20GFl24J)
3
18
035-355
Capacitor, tubular, .1 uf, 150 vdc, ±50/0 (Cl)
(Gudeman #337Y104J)
1
15
9-57
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-1319
034-177
Capacitor, mica, 100 pf, 500 vdc, ±5% (C6)
(Elmenco #DM15F 10 IJ)
1
20
041-344
Resistor, fixed, composition, 39 k, 112 w, ± 5% (R3)
(MIL-R-ll: RC20GF 39lJ)
1
21
041-016
Resistor, fixed, composition, 22 k, 1/2 w, ±5% (R9)
(Mlh-R-ll: RC20GF 223J)
22
041-398
Resistor, fixed, composition, 2,2 meg, 1/2 w, ±5%,
(R7) (MIL-R-ll:RC20GF225J)
1
23
31 01598 10
Card, printed wiring
1
24
471-061
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in" pan hd
. Phillips, s,tl cad pit (MS35 208 -13)
2
25
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-204)
2
26
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
2
27
492-008
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pit (MS35649-42)
2
28
168-008
Connector, printed circuit board (P70 1)
Ref
(Elco #5006-15-13-3-5- 3 132) (See Figure 9-17)
29
044-297
Resistor, variable, 1 k, 2 w, wlmounting hardware
(R701, R702) (Clarostat #43-1000)
(See Figure 9-17)
30
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in" pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-40)
3
31
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-42)
3
31 01266 10
Chassis Assembly, oscillator
310160510
Re£
Plate Assembly, cover
32
310-068
Fastener, receptacle (Southco #81-18-150-16)
2
33
431-009
Retainer, external, stl cad pit
(Southco #81-32-101-15)
2
34
31 01795 10
Gasket, rubber
35
31 01794 10
Plate, cover
36
148-012
Jack, test point, red nylon, wlmounting hardware
(TP70 1, TP702) (Cannon #45E2, Ucinite
# 118930-B)
37
148 -0 13
Jack, test point, black nylon, wi mounting hardware
(TP703) (Cannon #45E3, Ucinite #1l8930-C)
9-58
2
AMPEX
FIG .S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-1338
471-061
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208 -13)
6
39
502-013
Washer, #4 lock, ext tooth, stl cad plt (MS35335-29)
6
40
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-204)
6
41
3101606 10
Track, circuit board
2
42
NO NUMBER
Chassis Assembly, oscillator, welded
1
/
//
9-59
TM-2 T ape T
ILLUSTR
ransport
ATED PARTS BREAK DOWN
F·19ure 9-14
Reel Brakes
9-60
IAM~EX I
AMPEX
FIG.a
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-14-
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
REEL BRAKES
31 01105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
471-047
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-30)
4
2
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
4
3
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-206)
4
4
31 01272 10
Plate, switch mounting
2
5
31 01273 10
Standoff, switch mounting
4
6
31 01271 10
Plate, switch mounting
2
7
120-013
Switch, pushbutton, supplied w/mounting hardware
(Arrow H&H #3391EPA)
2
8
31 01270 10
Spring, button control
2
9
31 01269 10
Button Assembly, control
2
10
31 01295 10
Spring, helical
2
11
31 00160 10
Bolt, spade
2
12
493-008
Nut, self-locking, hex, 10-32 NF-3B, stl cad pIt,
nylon insert
2
13
400-009
Pin, clevis, pan hd, stl cad pit (MS20392-17)
2
14
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-204)
2
15
401-005
Pin, cotter, stl cad pit, 1/16 in. dia. by 1/2 in. Ig.
2
16
471-081
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 5/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-43)
2
17
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-207)
4
18
506-011
Washer, cup (Shakeproof #3502-14-17)
2
19
31 01276 10
Spacer, brake shoe
2
20
31 00106 10
Shoe, reel brake
2
21
406-026
Pin, roll, sst (Esna #79-022-094-500)
4
22
31 01275 10
Link, solenoid
2
23
471-076
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-38)
2
9-61
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
r
2
3
4
5
6
7
9-1424
471-027
25
..
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, brass cad pit
2
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-42)
4
26
501-0lD
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-207)
4
27
302-031
Clamp, cable (Commercial Plastic #CPC742-3)
2
31 01233 10
Solenoid and Cable Assembly, DC
2
28
171-001
Connector, solderless (AMP #34541)
4
29
600-010
Tubing, nonmetallic, #5, black (MIL-I-631)
2
30
022-009
Solenoid, 24 vdc, plunger type
2
31
471-080
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-42)
4
32
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-42)
4
33
501-0lD
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-207)
4
34
31 01292 10
Bracket, mounting
2
,
-
9-62
AMPEX
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-6'3
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
o
rl
I
fL--L
o
45
Figure 9-15
Vacuum Chambers
9-64
IAM~EX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-15-
PRODUCTS
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
VACUUM CHAMBERS
31 01105 10
Tram-port Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
3101106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
1
470-175
Screw, cap, 6-32 by 7/8 in., hex soc, w/nylon insert,
stl, black oxide finish (Cleveland Cap)
6
2
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
6
3
31 01326 10
Washer, flat
6
31 01302 10
Chamber Assembly, vacuum
2
A,C
31 01255 10
Chamber Assembly, vacuum
2
B,D
4
470-064
Screw, cap, 4-40 NC-3A by 5/8 in., hex sch, sst,
passivated
4
5
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
4
6
3101483 10
Hinge, chamber door
1
7
31 01484 10
Hinge, chambe r door
1
8
3101521 10
Shim, chamber door hinge
A/R
9
501-058
Washer, shim, brass, .025 in. ill by .375 in. OD
by .010 in. thk (Tilley)
A/R
10
31 01485 10
Door Assembly, chamber
1
11
477-027
Screw, set, headless, 2-56 NC-3A by 3/16 in. ,
hex soc, cup point, stl cad pit (MS51017-2)
1
12
470-070
Screw, cap, 6-32 NC-3A by 7/16 in., hex sch, sst#
passivated
1
13
502-009
Washer, #6 spring lock, sst, passivated (MS35338-79)
1
14
470-062
Screw, cap, 4-40 NC-3A by 7/16 in., hex sch, sst,
passivated
1
15
502-008
Washer, #4 spring lock, sst, passivated (MS35338-78)
1
16
31 01513 10
Support, plate
1
17
31 01519 10
Shaft, rolle r guide
1
A,C
31 01518 10
Shaft, roller guide
1
B,D
506-017
Washer, .126/.130 in. ill by .235/.245 in. OD by
.008 in. thk, beryllium copper (Shakeproof
# 3802-05-16-2114)
1
18
COMPANY
9-65
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE IEFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
9-1519
31 01520 10
Bearing, roller guide
2
20
31 01512 10
Sleeve, roller guide
1
A,C
31 10511 10
Sleeve, roller guide
1
B,D
21
31 01514 10
Spacer, roller guide
1
22
501-034
Washer, flat, brass, .158 in. ID by ,234 in, OD by
.003 in. thk
23
3101515 10
Bushing, roller guide
1
24
470-088
Screw, cap, 10-32 NF-3A by 7/16 in., hex s ch, sst,
passivated
2
25
502-011
Washer, # 10 spring lock, sst, passivated
(MS35338-81)
2
26
3101517 10
Post, support, roller guide
1
A,C
31 01516 10
Post, support, roller guide
1
B,D
27
470-054
Screw, cap, 2-56 NC-3A by 5/16 in. , hex sch, sst,
passivated
1
28
470-070
Screw, cap, 6-32 NC-3A by 7/16 in"
passivated
1
29
502-009
Washer, #6 spring lock, sst, passivated (MS35338-79)
1
30
470-062
Screw, cap, 4-40 NC-3A by 7/16 in. , hex sch, sst,
passivated
1
31
502-008
Washer, #4 spring lock, sst, passivated (MS35338-78)
1
32
31 01525 10
Plate, support, buffer
33
31 01524 10
Spacer, buffer guide
1
34
31 01501 10
Buffer Assembly, s pring guide
1
A,C
31 01491 10
Buffer Assembly, s pring guide
1
B,D
35
501-122
Washer, , 133/, 143 in. ID by ,297/.305 in, OD by
,042/ .062 in. thk, spring stl (Shakeproof
#3502-05 -03)
1
36
31 01506 10
Bushing, buffer spring
1
37
470-088
Screw, cap, 10-32 NF-3A by 7/16 in., hex sch, sst,
passivated
2
38
502-011
Washer, #10 spring lock, sst, passivated
(MS35338-81)
2
39
31 01527 10
Post, support, buffer guide
1
9-66
hex sch, sst,
g~ide
A/R
1
A,C
IAM~EX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-15,1
B,D
Discharger, electrostatic
2
B,D
310149210
Stud, hollow, long loop
1
'\
42
31 01493 10
Stud, hollow, transducer
1
43
31 01509 10
Stud, hollow, short loop
1
44
225-061
Tape, pressure sensitive, aluminized vinyl, 1 in. w
(Minnesota Mining and Mfg #474)
45
31 01487 10
Plate, cover
1
46
31 01488 10
Plate, cover
1
47
31 01490 10
Grille, vacuum chamber
2
48
NO NUMBER
Base Assembly, vacuum chamber
1
31 01526 10
Post, support, buffer guide
40
3101496 10
41
.
AIR
9-67
T ansport
-2 Tape
r
REAKDO WN
PARTS
B
ILLUSTRATED
™
1
Figure 9- 6 t 1 of 2)
. . n PIa t e ( s h ee
Preclslo
9-68
AMPEX
FIG.a
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTfR
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
PRECISION PLATE
9-1631 01105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
31 01107 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
1
400-024
Pin, clevis, pan hd, stl cad pit (MS20392-1-21)
2
2
401-004
Pin, cotter, 1/16 in. dia by 3/8 in. Ig, sst
2
3
31 01237 10
Cover, tape mechanism
A,C
31 01238 10
Cover, tape mechanism
B,D
4
477-174
Screw, set, headless, 10-32 by 3/8 in., hex soc, cup
point, stl cad pit (Allen)
2
5
31 01274 10
Flywheel, capstan
1
31 01264 10
Precision Plate Assembly
1
A,C
31 01259 10
Precision Plate Assembly
1
B,D
31 01574 10
Pulley Assembly, capstan
1
6
477-119
Screw, set, headless, 10-32 NF-2A by 1/4 in., hex
soc, cup point, sst w/nylon insert (Nylock)
2
7
31 01783 10
Pulley, capstan
2
8
470-040
Screw, cap, 10-32 NF-3A by 3/4 in., hex sch,
stl cad pit (MS35458-13)
6
9
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-43)
6
10
3101125·10
Shim, capstan
2
11
31 01554 10
Capstan Assembly
2
12
430-124
Ring, retaining, ext, 15/32, stl, unplated
(Truarc #5101-46-S)
1
13
31 01750 10
Capstan
1
14
432-032
a
1
15
430-063
Ring, retaining, int, 1-1/8, stl zinc pit
(Truarc #5001-112S-ZD)
1
16
430-165
Ring, retaining, int, 1-1/8, stl cad pit
(Spirolox #RR-112)
1
17
421-086
Bearing, ball, double shield (New Departure
#773LOIX3E, MRC #101KS-FF)
2
Ring, synthetic rubber (Minnesota Rubber
#MRQI-Q24)
A,C
9-69
-2 Tape Transport
REAKDOWN
ILLUSTRATED PARTS B
™
9-70
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
COMPUTI!:R
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-1618
31 00389 10
Washer, shim, flat, .005 in. thk.
AIR
19
31 00390 10
Washer, shim, flat, .003 in. thk.
AIR
20
31 00392 10
Spacer, sleeve
21
3101749 10
Housing, capstan
22
31 01295 10
Spring, helical, extension
23
493-012
Nut, self-locking, hex, 1/4-20 NC-3B, stl cad pIt
wlnylon insert (Esna Type NM)
24
31 01560 10
Roller As sembly
25
430-111
Ring, retaining, ext, 3/8, stl cad pIt
(Truarc #510 1-37-S-MD)
26
421-070
Bearing, ball, double shield (MRC #R6ZZ)
27
430-085
Ring, retaining, int, 7/8, stl cad pIt
(Truarc # N5000-87-S-MD)
28
3101769 10
Roller, drive belt
29
31 01768 10
Arm, idler
30
31 01559 10
Stud, shouldered
31
493-008
32
•
2
Nut, self-locking, hex,10-32 NF-3B, stl cad pIt
wlnylon insert (Esna Type NM)
1
31 01561 10
Bolt, eye
1
33
471-068
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hC:~
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-24)
2
34
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
2
35
3101562 10
Bracket, anchor
1
36
470-177
Screw, cap, 4-40 by 3/8 in., hex soc, stl cad pIt
wlnylon insert (Nylock #M60HS440-6C)
2
37
501-014
Washer, #4 flat, sst, passivated (MS15795-304)
2
38
31 01558 10
Bushing Assembly, rubber
2
39
470-176
Screw, cap, 4-40 by 9/16 in., hex soc, stl cad pit
wlnylon insert (Nylock #M60HS440-9C)
2
40
470-167
Screw, cap, 4-40 NC-2A by 7/16 in., hex soc, sst,
passivated
4
41
502-008
Washer, #4 spring lock, sst, passivated
(MS35338-78)
4
42
31 01570 10
Arm, actuator shaft support
2
9-71
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.B
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-16-
9-72
43
31 01557 10
Pinch Roller Assembly, forward
1
44
31 01556 10
Pinch Roller Assembly, reverse
1
45
470-177
Screw, cap, 4-40 by 3/8 in., hex soc, stl cad plt
w/ny1on insert (Ny1ock #M60HS440-6C)
2
46
471-866
Screw, machine, 2-56 by 1/8 in., pan hd Phillips,
stl cad plt w/ny1on insert (Ny1ock
#M37AS256-2C)
2
47
31 01760 10
Pad Assembly, tape brake
1
48
471-178
Screw, cap, 2-56 by 7/16 in., hex soc, stl cad plt
w/ny1on insert (Ny1ock #M60HS256-7C)
2
49
31 01838 10
Sleeve, flanged, pinch roller
1
50
31 01764 10
Shaft Assembly; pinch roller
1
51
31 01833 10
Spacer, bearing
1
52
501-119
Washer, #5, beryllium copper (Shakeproof)
1
53
31 01782 10
Bearing, ball
2
54
31 01765 10
Pinch Roller
1
55
3101761 10
Brake Assembly, Tape
1
56
310176210
Yoke Assembly, forward
1
31 01763 10
Yoke Assembly, reverse
1
57
470-031
Screw, cap, 8-32 NC-3A by 3/4 in. , hex sch,
stl cad plt (MS35457-17)
58
502-004
Washer, #8 spring
59
31 01571 10
Post, actuator shaft support
2
60
31 01586 10
Screw, cap, sch, 8-32 NC-2A by 2-1/4 in., sst
2
61
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
2
62
31 01569 10
Post, tape brake
2
63
495-014
Insert, notched, 8-32, sst (Helicoil #1l85-2CNX. 246)
2
64
470-029
Screw, cap, 8-32 NC-3A by 1/2 in. , hex sch, stl cad
plt (MS35457-15)
4
65
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
4
66
SOl-OlD
·
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-207)
4
67
31 01555 10
·
Actuator Assembly, pinch roller
2
·
•
~ock,
stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
4
4
..
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE [EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-1668
471-690
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 3/8 in., slotted
fHlister hd, brass cad plt
4
69
180-080
Terminal Strip, 4 terminals, phenolic
(Kulka #410-3/4 ST-4M)
1
70
31 01591 10
Screw, shoulder
2
71
31 01592 10
Link, tape packer
1
72
310-067
Cam Assembly, adjustable (Pic Design Corp #Pl-8)
2
73
470-010
Screw, cap, 4-40 NC-3A by 3/8 in., hex sch, stl cad
plt (MS35457-2)
2
74
65499-1
Arm, release, tape packer
1
75
69308-1
Clamp, tape packer
1
76
65448-2
Tape Packer Assembly
2
A,C
65448-1
Tape Packer Assembly
2
B,D
77
65480-1
Nut, shaft, tape packer
1
78
477-122
Screw, set, headless, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/8 in., hex
soc, cup point, sst (Bristol)
1
79
477-130
Screw, set, headless, 4-40 NC-3A by 1/8 in., hex
soc, cone point, stl cad plt (MS51034-8)
1
80
68542-1
Bearing, rear
1
81
65447-1
Housing, pivot
1
82
68543-1
Thumbscrew
1
83
65483-1
Spring
1
84
65446-2
Arm Assembly, tape packer
1
A,C
65446-1
Arm Assembly, tape packer
1
B,D
85
471-337
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/16 in., 82°
flat hd Phillips, stl cad p1t (MS35192-26)
1
86
502-035
Washer, #6 lock, ext csk, stl cad plt (MS35336-9)
1
87
471-634
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in., binder hd
slotted, stl cad plt
1
88
477-031
Screw, set, headless, 4-40 NC-3A by 1/4 in., hex
soc, cup point, stl cad plt (MS51017-11)
1
89
65481-1
Pulley, clamp, tape packer
1
90
430-130
Ring, retaining, ext, 1/4, sst (Truarc #5101-25W)
1
•
9-73
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-1691
501-025
Washer, 1/4 flat, stl cad pIt (AN960-416L)
92
423-012
Bushing, plain sleeve, bronze (Bost-Bronze #B-46-4)
93
31 01573 10
Clamp, tape
A,C
31 01572-10
Clamp, tape
B,D
94
471-772
95
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-20)
2
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
2
96
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-204)
2
97
31 01597 10
Shield, switch
98
120-062
Switch, sensitive, spdt, 20 amp
99
492-010
•
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-82)
100
502-004
•
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
101
31 01589 10
Spacer
102
503-013
Washer, nonmetallic, #8 (General Cement #6526)
103
171-009
Connector, solderles s, corrosion resistant
(AMP #320555)
104
31 01564 10
Guide Assembly, insulated
A,C
31 01563 10
Guide Assembly, insulated
B,D
105
492-010
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, ,stl cad pit (MS35649-82)
106
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
107
31 01589 10
Spacer
108
503-013
109
171-009
110
65568-1
Guide Assembly, auxiliary, tape sensor
A,C
65568-2
Guide Assembly, auxiliary, tape sensor
B,D
III
480-004
Bolt, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 29/32 in., stl cad pit
(AN3-7A)
112
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-43)
i13
501-005
•
Washer, #10 flat, brass cad pIt (AN960B)
114
65490-2
•
Guide, transport
9-74
•
•
(Unimax #2HBT215-
2
Washer, nonmetallic, #8 (General Cement #6526)
•
Connector, solderless, corrosion resistant
(AMP #320555)
A,C
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
5
4
6
7
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-1665490-1
.
Guide
J
transport
1
115
471-074
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-30)
1
116
471-072
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-28)
1
117
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
2
118
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-206)
2
119
31 01579 10
Bracket, hinge
1
120
471-074
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-30)
3
121
502-003
Washer, #6 spring Ipck, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
3
122
471-059
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 3/16 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-11)
2
123
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-40)
2
124
31 01585 10
Latch, spring
1
125
31 01455 10
Bumper, head cover
2
126
31 01584 10
Bracket, tape mechanism cover
1
127
495-010
Insert, notched, 10-32, sst (He1icoil
#1191-3CNX.285)
4
128
31 01551 10
Plate, overlay
1
129
31 01549 10
Plate, precision
1
B,D
(
.
9-75
TM-2Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Cable,
9-76
Switches~
Figure 9-17
Vacuum Tubing, and Main Frame (sheet 1 of 2)
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
CABLE, SWITCHES, VACUUM TUBING, AND MAIN FRAME
9-173101105 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
A
31 01097 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
B
310110710
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
C
31 01106 10
Transport Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
D
1
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-3A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-25)
6
2
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-41)
6
3
506-013
Washer, cable clamp (Weckesser #D-140)
6
4
302-049
Clamp, cable, 1/2 in. (Commercial Plastic #742-8)
2
5
302-007
Clamp, cable, 1/4 in. (Commercial Plastic #742-4)
1
6
302-013
Clamp, cable, 5/8 in. (Commercial Plastic #742-10)
1
7
302-058
Clamp, cable, 1/8 in. (Commercial Plastic #742-2)
2
8
31 01257 10
Cable Assembly
1
9
302-002
Clamp, cable, w/bushing (AN3057-1"6A)
1
10
145-171
Connector, plug, male, 53 contact (P301)
(Cannon #RLK-53-22-1)
1
11
169-050
Connector, cable cap, 3 contact (P702)
(AMP #480178-1)
1
12
169-012
Connector, contact pin (AMP #42641-1)
3
13
168-008
Connector, printed circuit board (P70 1) (Elco
1
#5006-15-13-3~5-3/3~
18
14
171-005
Connector, solderless, lug, ring tongue, for #6 stud
(AMP #31879)
15
171-007
Connector, solderless, lug, ring tongue, for
#10 stud (AMP #31900)
1
16
171-008
Connector, solderless, knife splice (AMP #31777)
4
17
171-044
Connector, solderless, lug, ring tongue, for
#5 or #6 stud (AMP #32442)
2
18
172-006
Connector, solder, lug, plain, 1/4 in. ID
(Zierick #29A)
2
19
172-039
Connector, solder, lug, ring tongue, for #2 stud
(Zierick #101-HBT)
3
20
180-115
Terminal Strip, fanning strip, 4 lugs (FS707)
(Jones #4-160-L)
1
9-77
TM-2 Tape Transport.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Figure 9-17
Cable, Switches, Vacuum Tubing, and Main Frame (sheet 2 of 2)
9-78
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-1721
180-119
Terminal Strip, barrier, 4 terminal, wlmarker
strip (TB709) (Kulka #600-3/4ST-4)
22
180-116
Terminal Strip, barrier strip, 8 terminal, wlmarker
strip (TB701, TB702) (Kulka
#410 - 31 4ST -8MFE)
2
23
180-117
Terminal Strip, barrier strip, 7 terminal, wi marker
strip (TB703, TB706) (Kulka #600-3/4ST-7)
2
24
31 00640 10
Terminal Strip, fanning strip, 4 terminal
(FS704, FS705)
2
25
31 01443 10
Terminal Strip, fanning strip, 8 lug (FS3, FS4)
2
26
044-297
Resistor, variable, wirewound, 1 k, 2 w, linear
taper (R70l, R702) (Clarostat #43-1000)
2
27
013-139
Diode, silicon (CR706, CR707)
(Texas Instrument #lN2069)
2
28
600-008
Tubing, electrical, insulating, #3 black
AIR
29
600-025
Tubing, electrical, insulating, #10 black
AIR
30
600-014
Tubing, electrical, insulating, #8 black
AIR
31
600-108
Tubing, electrical, insulating, 314 in. ID black
AIR
32
471-333
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-3A by 3/16 in., flat hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35192-22)
2
33
120-058
Switch, cabinet interlock
1
34
471-772
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1 in., pan hd Phillips,
stl cad pIt (MS35208-20)
4
35
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-204)
8
36
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-40)
4
37
492-008
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pit (MS35649-42)
4
38
120-103
Switch, tape packer, roller lever, spdt (S711, S7l2)
(Microswitch #BZ-RW922-A2)
2
39
471-068
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-24)
4
40
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
4
41
31 01317 10
Bracket, tape packer switch
2
42
471-060
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-12)
4
43
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-40)
4
(S708) (Microswitch #3AC5)
9-79
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE IEFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
9-17-
9-80
44
31 01316 10
Plate, tape packer switch
2
45
471-075
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-31)
2
46
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-206)
2
47
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-41)
2
48
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl
49
31 01334 10
Shield, write enable switch
1
50
120-118
Switch, write enable, rigi11eaf actuator (S710)
(Microswitch #BZ-R W80-A2)
1
51
471-067
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-23)
2
52
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
2
53
31 01294 10
Bracket, write enable switch mounting
1
54
31 01288 10
Plunger, record lockout
1
55
471-089
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35209-55)
1
56
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-43)
1
57
501-011
Washer, # 10 flat, stl cad pIt (MSI5795-208)
1
58
31 01301 10
Strap, ground
1
59
471-061
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208 -13)
2
60
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock,. stl cad pit (MS35338-40)
2
61
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pit (MSI5795-204)
2
62
31 01331 10
Clip, retainer, vacuum tubing
1
63
31 01332 10
Vacuum Test Assembly
1
64
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-25)
1
65
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-41)
1
66
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pit (MSI5795-206)
1
67
31 01330 10
Clip, retainer, vacuum tubing
1
68
31 01328 10
Tubing, nonmetallic
7
69
31 01329 10
Fitting, 90 0 elbow
7
ca~
pit (MS35649-62)
2
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
2
3
4
5
6
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
DESCRI PTION
I
PRODUCTS
7
9-1770
600-107
Tubing, nonmetallic, 3/16 in. ID by 1/16 in. thk wall,
black (Tygon #R3400)
71
31 01279 10
Tee, rubber
1
72
31 01286 10
Duct, straight
1
73
31 01308 10
Tubing, tapered
1
74
31 01278 10
Tee, rubber
1
75
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips ,. stl cad pIt (MS35208-40)
4
76
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
4
77
31 01287 10
Clip, tube
4
78
31 01256 10
Piping Assembly, vacuum
2
79
310129010
Gasket
6
80
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-25)
4
81
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
4
82
31 01293 10
Duct, flanged elbow
83
406-026
Rollpin, sst (Esna #79-022-094-500)
1
84
31 01281 10
Latch
1
85
501-025
Washer, 1/4 in. flat, stl cad plt (AN960-416L)
1
86
31 01291 10
Spring, latch
1
87
31 01280 10
Latch Handle Assembly
1
88
3101230 10
Frame Finishing Assembly
1
.
,
A/R
1
9-81
TM-2 T ape T
ILLUSTR
ransport
ATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
,0
®----. '.
T
F"19ure 9-18
ransport A ccess D oor
9-82
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCR I PTION
1234567
9-18-
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
TRANSPORT ACCESS DOOR
31 01076 10
Door Assembly, transport cover (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
R
31 01077 10
Door Assembly, transport cover, w/Model No.
(See Figure 9-2)
Ref
S
31 01075 10
Door Assembly. transport cover, w/Model No. and
Ampex identification (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
T
1
470-059
Screw, cap, 4-40 NC-3A by 1/4 in., hex sch, sst,
passivated
4
2
402-022
Pin, dowel, stl, .1252 dia by 2 in. Ig (Davley#7-0432-1)
2
3
31 01194 10
Spring, latch
2
4
31 01192 10
Latch
1
5
31 01193 10
Handle, hook
1
6
423-032
Bushing, sleeve, plain, bronze (Chrysler Amplex
#AA-II0 -2)
4
7
31 01190 10
Plate, latch
1
8
471-372
Screw, machine, 2-56 NC-2A by 1/4 in. , 82 0 flat slotted
hd, sst, passivated (MS35249-3)
4
9
31 01199 10
Strike
1
10
310118710
Knob
2
11
406-028
Rollpin, sst (Esna #79-022-094-0562)
2
12
31 01186 10
Pin, hinge
2
13
31 01185 10
Spring, hinge
2
14
31 01184 10
Stop, spring
2
15
250-023
Bumper, neoprene, 3/8-16 thd by 3/8 in.
(Rubbercraft #3066)
2
16
269-090
Molding, rubber (Rubbercraft # 1124)
17
470-076
Screw, cap, 8-32 NC-3A by 1/4 in., hex sch, stl cad plt
8
18
31 01191 10
Identification Plate, w/Model No. (used on 31 01077 10)
1
S
31 01189 10
Identification Plate, w/Model No. and Ampex
identification (used on 31 01075 10)
1
T
19
31 01188 10
Glass, transport door
1
20
225-064
Tape, glazing, pressure sensitive one side
(Everseal #916)
21
31 0118110
Strip, top and bottom
AIR
A/R
2
9-83
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-1822
31 01182 10
Strip, hinge side
1
23
31 01183 10
Strip, latch side
1
I
9-84
AMPEX
COMPUTER
PROOUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-85
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
./'
VERTICAL MOUNTING
/
,/'
/
,/'
/
,/'
/
,/'
,/'
,/'
----®
..
,/'
/
./'
/
,/'
./'
,/'
/
/
/
/
/
/
./'
HORIZONTAL MOUNTI NG
Figure 9-19
Transport Electronics Assembly
9-86
AMPEX
FIG .S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCR I PTION
1234567
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
TRANSPORT ELECTRONICS ASSEMBLY
9-1931 01110 10
Control Assembly, Power Supply (horizontal mounting)
(See Figure 9-2)
Ref
E
3101112 10
Control Assembly, Power Supply (vertical mounting)
(See Figure 9-2)
Ref
F
471-060
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC- 2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-12)
3
2
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-204)
3
3
496-004
Nut, keps, 4-40 NC-2B, ext tooth washer, stl cad pit
(Shakeproof)
3
4
471-064
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-l6)
5
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-204)
6
496-004
Nut, keps, 4-40 NC-2B, ext tooth washer, stl cad pit
(Shakeproof)
7
302-076
Clamp, cable, black nylon (Weckesser Type 6)
8
302-026
Clamp, cable, loop type, w/rubber cushion
(AN742D-lOC)
9
471-079
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-41)
10
501-010
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-207)
11
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
12
492-010
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, stl' cad pIt (MS35649-82)
13
302-029
Clamp, cable, loop type, w/rubber cushion
(AN742D -14C)
14
471-463
Screw, machine, 12-24 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt
4
E
15
502-049
Washer, # 12 spring lock, stl cad plt
4
E
471-688
Screw, machine, 1/4-20 UNC-2A by 5/8 in., hex hd,
stl cad pU
2
E
501-012
Washer, 1/4 flat, stl cad pIt (AN960-416)
4
E
502-006
Washer, 1/4 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-44)
2
E
492-012
Nut, plain hex, 1/4-20 UNC-2B, stl cad pit
(MS35690-42)
2
E
476-064
Screw, self-tapping, 10-32 by 3/8 in., binder hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (Parker Kalan)
6
E
':'lndex numbers 16 thru 23 are for shipping purposes,
9-87
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.B
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-19':'21
31 01361 10
Bracket, mounting
2
E
':'22
471-090
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2A by 5/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, st1 cad pIt (MS35209-56)
4
E
':'23
31 01362 10
Bracket, angle
2
E
24
471-089
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, st1 cad pit (MS35209-55)
18
E
25
502-005
Washer, #10 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-43)
18
E
26
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-208)
18
E
27
31 01360 10
Cover, perforated
1
E
28
31 01352 10
Bracket, angle, rack mounting, horizontal
1
E
29
31 01353 10
Bracket, angle, rack mounting, horizontal
1
E
30
471-463
Screw, machine, 12-24 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit
8
F
31
502-049
Washer, # 12 spring lock, stl cad pit
8
F
32
471-089
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, st1 cad pit (MS35209-55)
10
F
33
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pit (MS35338-43)
10
F
34
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-208)
10
F
35
31 01355 10
Bracket, angle, vertical mounting
1
F
36
31 01354 10
Bracket, angle, vertical mounting
1
F
37
31 00249 10
Identification Plate
1
38
31 01349 10
Servo Amplifier As semb1y (SA-500) (See Figure 9-24)
1
39
31 01346 10
Actuator Board Assembly (AC-400) (See Figure 9-23)
1
40
31 01344 10
Chassis Assembly (CC-300) (See Figure 9-22)
1
41
31 01338 10
Power Supply Assembly (PS-100) (See Figure 9-20)
1
42
31 01341 10
Power Supply Assembly, Servo Motor (PS-200)
(See Figure 9-21)
1
•
':'Index numbers 16 thru 23 are for shipping purposes.
9-88
AMPEX
COMPUTER PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-89
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Figure 9-20
Electronics Power Supply PS-IOO (sheet 1 of 2)
9-90
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-.20-
COMPUTfR
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
ELECTRONIC POWER SUPPLY (PS-100)
31 01338 10
Power Supply Assembly (PS-I00) (See Figure 9-19)
Ref
1
160-009
Shield, tube (JAN: TS 102U03)
3
2.
011-004
Tube, voltage regulator, 150 vdc (VIOl, V 10,2., V103)
(RCA, Raytheon, Sylvania #OA2.)
3
3
471-060
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-12)
6
4
493-02.6
Nut, self-locking, hex, 4-40 NC-2.B, brass cad pIt,
nylon insert (Esna #92.-1660-40)
6
5
150-02.5
Socket, miniature tube (JAN: TSI02.P01)
3
6
043-12.8
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 10 k, 10 w, 5% (RI01)
(Clarostat Type AC-IO-F)
1
7
043-503
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 25 k, 5 w, 10% (R114)
(Dalohm Type CS-5)
1
8
043-178
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 5 k, 5 w, 5% (RI02)
(Dalohm Type RS-5)
1
9
173-041
Lug, terminal, standoff (Cambridge Thermionic
#X1995-A)
2
10
502.-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
2
11
471-061
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/ 16 in. , pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-13)
5
12.
502.-002.
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-40)
5
13
043-2.80
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 50 ohm, 50 w, 10%
(RI07, RI08) (Dalohm Type B-50)
2
14
31 01656 10
Chassis, regulator
1
15
471-068
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-24)
2
16
502-031
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, sst (MS35333-71)
2
17
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-206)
2
18
31 00904 10
Board, insulation
1
19
31 00901 10
Terminal Board Assembly, diode rectifier
1
20
070-022
Fuse, cartridge, slow blow, 1-1/4 amp (FI03)
(Littlefuse #313125)
1
2.1
070-019
Fuse, cartridge, slow blow, 2 amp (FI01, F102)
(Littlefuse #313002)
2
9-91
TM-2 Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
®-~
UNDERSIDE VIEW
THYRATRON BRACKET
®
UNDERSIDE VIEW
REGULATOR CHASSIS
DETAIL,TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMBLY
Figure 9-20
Electronics Power Supply PS-IOO (sheet 2 of 2)
9-92
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-2022
013-198
Diode, silicon (CRI0l thru CRl20)
(Texas Inst,rument # IN2071)
20
23
041-174
Resistor, fixed, composition, 220 k, 1 w, 100/0
(Rll5, R1l7, R120, R12Z, R124, R126,
R128, R130, R139 thru R146, R149 thru
R152) (MIL-R-ll: RC32GF224K)
20
24
31 00902 10
Terminal Board Sub-Assembly
1
25
130-005
Fuse Clip (Bussman #4548)
6
26
173-015
Lug, terminal, turret (Useco # 1300B)
27
162-017
Cap, vacuum tube (Millen #36001)
1
28
015-013
Tube, thyratron (V104) (Taylor #C3J)
1
29
471-061
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-13)
1
30
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-204)
1
31
493-026
Nut, self-locking, hex, 4-40 NC-2B, brass cad pIt,
nylon insert (Esna #92-1660-40)
1
32
300-001
Clamp, tube (Birtcher #926C-2)
1
33
034-105
Capacitor, mica, .00047 uf, 1000 volt (CI05)
(Elmenco #VCM20D47lJ)
1
34
041-031
Resistor, fixed, composition, 1 meg, 1/2w, 100/0 (RI06)
(MIL-R- 11: RC20GFI05K)
1
35
471-070
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-26)
2
36
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, s,tl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
2
37
172-003
Lug, soldering, int tooth, (Shakeproof #2104-06)
1
38
173-003
Lug, terminal, turret (Useco # 1417)
2
39
150-094
Socket, tube (E. F. Johnson # 122-224-100)
1
40
471-448
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1-1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-32)
1
41
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
1
42
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-206)
1
43
31 00330 10
Choke Assembly, encapSUlated (LI01)
1
44
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35Z08-40)
4
44
9-93
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCR I PTION
1234567
QTY. USE IEFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-2045
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
46
31 01654 10
Bracket, thyratron
47
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS3520B-40)
4
48
502-004
Washer. #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
4
31 01650 10
Capacitor-Rectifier Assembly (SA-500)
4
49
043-120
Resistor. fixed, wirewound, 3500 ohm, 10 w, 5%
(RIll) (C1arostat Type AC-IO-F)
50
031-073
Capacitor, electrolytic, 4 x 20 uf, 450 volt (C10 I,
C 102) (Astron #EYQ2025)
2
51
290-004
Bracket, capacitor (Mallory #BP-6)
2
52
31 01850 10
Chas s is, capacitor -re ctifie r
53
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-40)
2
54
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-42)
2
31 01651 10
Capacitor-Rectifier Assembly (AC-400)
55
041-224
Resistor, fixed, composition, 100 k, 2 w, 10%
(R103, R104) (MIL-R-11: RC42GF104K)
2
56
031-039
Capacitor, electrolytic, 125 uf, 450 volt
(C103, C104) (Sprague Type DFP)
2
57
290-004
Bracket, capacitor (Mallory #,BP-6)
2
58
471-514
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 2-1/2 in., rd hd
slotted, stl cad pIt
59
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
2
60
506-003
•
Washer, centering (Ohmite #6000)
2
61
503-007
•
Washer, insulating, mica (Ohmite #6011)
2
62
492-010
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, st1 cad pIt (MS35649-82)
63
040-023
Resistor, variable, wirewound, 150 ohm, 25 w
(RI10) (Ohmite #0369)
64
31 01851 10
Chassis, capacitor-rectifier
65
030-032
Capacitor, ceramic, .1 uf, 500 volt (C109)
(Sprague #5HK-P1)
66
471-071
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cal plt (MS35208-27)
9-94
4
AMPEX
FIG.8
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTr;R
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-2067
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-4l)
4
68
280-003
Spacer, brass cad pIt (Birnbach #1125)
4
69
020-006
Relay, 3 pole, double throw, 115 volt (KlO 1)
(Philtrol #33QA)
1
70
471-063
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-15)
2
71
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
2
72
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-204)
2
73
180-014
Terminal Strip,S double terminals (TBI03)
(Jones #5-170)
1
Setscrew, 6-32 NC-2B
1
74
75
31 01659 10
Shaft, extender
1
76
122-077
Switch, rotary, miniature, 5 pole, 7 throw, w/mounting
hardware (S501) (Grayhill #12005-7
w/12C1087)
1
77
471-068
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 5/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, st1 cad pIt (MS35208-24)
2
78
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-41)
2
79
31 01660 10
Bracket, switch mounting
1
80
281-018
Bushing, panel, brass nickel pIt (H. H. Smith #119)
1
81
502-077
Washer, 3/8 lock, int tooth, stl (Shakeproof #1220-02)
2
82
471-087
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35209-53)
4
83
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-208)
4
84
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-43)
4
85
492-011
Nut, plain hex, 10-32 NF-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35650-102)
4
86
31 01653 10
Transformer, power (TI0l)
1
87
471-087
Screw, machine, 10-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35209-53)
2
88
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pit (MS1579?-208)
2
89
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-43)
2
90
492-011
Nut, plain hex, 10-32 NF-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35650-102)
2
91
471-093
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-2A by 1 in., pan hd Phillips,
stl cad pIt (MS35209-59)
2
.
9-95
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.8
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
OESCRI PTION
1234567
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-2092
502-027
Washer, #10 lock, int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35333-39)
2
93
492-011
Nut, plain hex, 10-32 NF-2B, stl cad plt (MS35650-102)
4
94
172-028
•
Lug, soldering, brass (H. H. Smith #1493)
2
95
501-011
•
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-208)
2
96
31 01649 10
Transformer, power (TI02)
97
148-011
Jack, test point, w/mounting hardware (TP501, TP502)
(Cannon #45El)
2
98
492-011
Nut, plain hex, 10-32 NF-2B, stl cad plt (MS35650-102)
4
99
502-005
Washer, # 10 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-43)
4
100
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-208)
4
101
036-059
Capacitor, paper, rectangular, 2 uf, 600 volt (CI06,
CI07) (Sprague #CP70BIEF205K)
2
102
031-211
Capacitor, electrolytic, 35 uf, 25 volt (CI08)
(Sprague #TEI208)
103
035-366
Capacitor, tubular, .47 uf, 1000 volt (ClIO)
(Gudeman #XFS26159-20)
104
041-106
Resistor, fixed, composition, 4300 ohm, 1 w, 5%
(RI09) (MIL-R-ll: RC32GF432J)
105
041-536
Resistor, fixed, composition, 200 k, 2 w, 5% (Rll3)
(MIL-R-ll: RC42GF204J)
106
041-224
Resistor, fixed, composition, I?O k, 2 w, 10% (RI05)
(MIL-R-ll: RC42GF 124K)
1
107
173-041
Lug, terminal, standoff (Cambridge Thermionic
#XI995-A)
4
108
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-41)
4
109
471-063
Screw, mac~1ine, 4-40 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-15)
4
110
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
4
111
180-049
Terminal Strip, barrier type, 22 terminal (TBI01)
(Kulka #410-3/4ST-22M)
1
112
31 01648 10
Insulator, barrier strip
1
113
471-063
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-15)
4
114
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-40)
4
9-96
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-20115
lSO-OS2
Terminal Strip, barrier type, 6 terminal (TBI02)
(Kulka #600-3/4ST-6 w/marker strip)
1
116
260-005
Grommet, neoprene (Rubbercraft #6)
1
117
260-007
Grommet, neoprene (MS354S9-13)
2
11S
471-059
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 3/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS3520S-11)
9
119
31 01652 10
Track, circuit board
2
120
31 01662 10
Track, circuit board
1
121
31 01658 10
Cable Harne s s
1
122
31 01655 10
Chassis Assembly
1
123
431-010
Retainer, hairpin, external (Southco #82-32-101-17)
1
124
310-061
Fastener, oval hd, 1/4 turn (Southco #2-0-140)
1
125
31 01800 10
Cover Assembly, hinged
1
9-97
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Figure 9-21
Servo Motor Power Supply PS-200
9-98
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-21-
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
SERVO MOTOR POWER SUPPLY (PS-200)
31 01341 10
Power Supply Assembly, Servo Motor (PS-200)
(See Figure 9-19)
Ref
1
015-012
Tube, thyratron (V20l thru V208) (Electrons Inc
#ELClK, National Electronics #N160l4/ClK)
8
2
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-25)
8
3
471-071
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-27)
8
4
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-206)
8
5
493-015
Nut, self-locking, hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt,
nylon insert (Esna Type NM)
6
300-001
Clamp, tube (Birtcher #926C-2)
8
7
150-058
Socket, tube, ceramic (Millen #33004)
8
8
470-045
Screw, cap, 1/4-20 UNC-3A by 1/2 in., hex sch,
stl cad pIt (MS35457-33)
8
9
501-012
Washer, 1/4 flat, stl cad pIt (AN960-416)
8
10
502-006
Washer, 1/4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-44)
8
11
492-012
Nut, plain hex, 1/4-20 UNC-2B, stl cad pIt
(MS35690-402)
8
12
31 01666 10
Transformer, step-up (T206, T207)
2
13
471-088
Screw, machine, 10-32 NF-3A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35209-54)
4
14
501-011
Washer, #10 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-208)
4
15
493-008
Nut; self-locking, hex, 10-32 NF-3B, stl cad pit,
nylon insert (Esna Type NM)
4
16
31 01667 10
Transformer, step-down (T205)
1
17
471-064
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/2 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-l6)
8
18
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-40)
8
19
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-204)
8
20
180-051
Terminal Strip (TB201, TB202) (Kulka #600-3/4ST-8
w/marker strip)
2
21
471-872
Screw, machine, 6-32 by 1 in., 100 0 flat hd Phillips,
stl cad plt
2
22
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-4l)
2
•
•
•
16
9-99
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.B
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-2123
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-62)
2
24
280-006
Spacer, for #6 screw, brass cad plt (H. Smith #2101,
Birnbach # 1126)
2
25
503-035
Washer, flat, nonmetallic (Walsco #7836)
2
26
493-015
•
Nut, self-locking, hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pIt,
nylon insert (Esna Type NM)
2
27
171-024
•
Connector, solderless (AMP #42587-2)
28
31 01664 10
•
Bias Assembly (PS-200)
29
492-032
Nut, plain hex, special, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pIt
8
30
502-090
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad plt
8
31
31 01814 10
•
Transformer, bias (T 1 thru T4)
4
32
035-285
•
Capacitor, tubular, .68 uf, 200 voIt (Cl, C4, C7,
CI0) (Sprague #1l8P68492S4)
4
33
043-471
Resistor, fixed, wirewound, 4700 ohm, 3 w, 3%
(Rl, R4, R 7, RIO) (Dalohm Type RLS-2B)
4
34
041-076
Resistor, fixed, composition, 220 k, 1/2 w, 10%
(R2, R3, R5, R6, R8, R9, Rll, R12)
(MIL-R-ll: RC20GF224K)
8
35
030-002
Capacitor, ceramic, .01 uf, 500 volt (C2, C3, C5,
C6, C8, G9, Cll, G12)
(Erie #811-000-GP-I0 3P)
8
36
31 01813 10
Printed Circuit Board, bias
37
31 01663 10
9-100
Chassis, servo power supply
15
AMPEX
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-101
M-2 Tape Transport BREAKDOWN
T
ED .PARTS
ILLUSTRAT
Figure 9-22 (sheet 1 of 2)
. CC-300
Connector ChassIs
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
9-22-
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
CONNECTOR CHASSIS (CC-300)
31 01344 10
Chassis Assembly (CC-300) (See Figure 9-19)
Ref
1
070-008
Fuse, cartridge, 6 amp, fast blow (F30 1)
(Littlefuse #312006)
1
2
130-013
Holder, fuse, w/mounting hardware (Bu3sman #HKP)
1
3
471-066
Screw, machine, . 6-32 NC-2A by 3/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-32)
6
4
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35333-37)
6
5
126-018
Circuit Breaker, 25 amp, 2 pole, companion series
(CB301, CB302) (Heineman #XAM33-25)
1
6
126-023
Circuit Breaker, 7 amp, 115 volt ac, 60 cps (CB303)
(Heineman #AM-12)
1
7
030-129
Capacitor, ceramic, .01 uf, 1000 volt (CD #BYAI0SIM)
2
8
471-063
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 7/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-15)
2
9
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-204)
2
10
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
2
11
492-008
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pit (MS35649-42)
2
12
180-082
Terminal Strip, barrier type (Kulka #600-3/4ST-6
w/marker strip)
1
13
471-069
·
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-25)
12
14
501-009
·
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-206)
12
15
502-003
Washer, #6 spring lock, st1 cad pIt (MS35338-41)
15
16
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, st1 cad pit (MS35649-6'2)
12
17
471-062
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-14)
4
18
501-008
Washer, #4 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15 795-204)
4
19
502-002
Washer, #4 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35338-40)
4
20
492-008
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pIt (MS35649-42)
4
21
31 01670 10
Cable Assembly
1
22
146-142
Connector, receptacle, female, 50 contacts (J303)
(Cannon #RLK-A50-31SL)
1
23
146-141
Connector, receptacle, female, 53 contacts (J30 1)
(Cannon #RLK-A53-31SL)
1
·
·
9-103
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
r
I
I
L
23
Figure 9-22
Connector Chassis CC-300 (sheet 2 of 2)
9-104
AMPEX
FIG.a
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCR I PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-2224
146-143
Connector, receptacle, female, 37 contacts (J304)
(Cannon #RFK-37-31SL)
25
147-105
Connector, receptacle, male, 3 contacts (J302)
(Cannon #GK-S3-32S)
26
146-042
Connector, receptacle, female, 3 contacts,
w/mounting hardware (J305)
(Cannon #MC-14E-8-3SN)
27
168-008
Connector, printed circuit board (J40 1)
(E1co #5006-15-13-3-5-3/32)
28
168-009
Connector, printed circuit board (J501)
(E1co #5006-20-13-3-5-1/16)
29
31 01816 10
Fanning Strip
30
171-007
Connector, solderless,' ring tongue (AMP #31900)
11
31
171-066
Connector, solder1ess, red, spade lug
(Burndy #SE18-Z2)
15
32
171-065
Connector, solder1ess, blue, spade lug
(Burndy #SE14-Z2)
4
171-016
Connector, solder1ess, ring tongue (AMP #34170)
171-072
Connector, solder1ess, crimp type (Burndy #YEC-150)
8
171-096
Connector, solder1ess, crimp type (Burndy #YEC-180)
4
33
260-018
Grommet, neoprene, 1-1/4 in. ID (Rubbercraft #71)
34
310-086
Screw, fastener, sst (Southco #58-33-1-56)
3
35
503-042
Washer, retaining, nonmetallic (Southco #17-10014-11)
3
36
31 01020 10
Spacer, chas s is
3
37
31 01669 10
Chassis, connector
2
13
9-105
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
40
4(
)
4(
~
~~
)
~
28
~
(;\~(7:\
\.:)~~
I
9
I
).
~~~~.~ ~
I
I I
I I
8
8!; 8
Figure 9-23
Actuator Control Unit AC-400
9-106
IAM~EX
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
OESCR I PTION
1234567
9-23-
I
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE !EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
ACTUATOR CONTROL UNIT (AC-400)
31 01346 10
Actuator Board Assembly (AC-400) (See Figure 9-19)
Ref
1
160-007
Shield, tube (Elco # 120)
4
2
012-136
Tube, electron (VI, V2, V3, V4,)
(CBS, GE, RCA #S727)
4
3
lS0-097
Socket, tube (Cinch #S3P24234)
4
4
030-004
Capacitor, ceramic, 2 x .001 uf, SOO volt (C lA, C IB,
C6A, C6B) (Centralab #DD2-102)
2
S
020-043
Capacitor, ceramic, .0022 uf, SOO volt (C2, C4, C7,
C9) (Erie #811-000 -GP-222P)
4
6
030-101
Capacitor, ceramic, .47 uf, 2S volt (C3, C8)
(Sprague #SCll)
2
7
031-211
Capacitor, electrolytic, 35 uf, 2S volt (C5)
(Sprague #TE 1208)
1
8
037-110
Capacitor, tantalum, 100 uf, 30 volt (CI0 thru C13)
(Sprague # 109DI07C2030T2)
4
9
030-09S
Capacitor, ceramic, .1 uf, 2S volt (C14, C17)
(Sprague #5C7)
2
10
030-094
•
Capacitor, ceramic, I uf, 25 volt (CIS, C16)
(Sprague #SC13)
2
11
031-129
•
Capacitor, electrolytic, 20 uf, SO volt (C18)
(Sprague #TE1305)
1
12
031-135
Capacitor, electrolytic, 30 uf, 15 volt (C19)
(Sprague #TE 11S8)
1
13
013-0S0
Diode, crystal (CRl, CR3, CR4) (General Electric
#lN537)
3
14
013-162
Diode, zener (CR2, CR15) (Hoffman #lN718A)
2
15
013-lSl
Diode, germanium (CRS, CR6, CRII thru CR14)
(Ge~era1 Instrument #DR482)
6
16
013-028
Diode, silicon (CR 7 thru CR10) (Hughes # 1N462)
4
17
013-102
Diode, zener (CR16) (Hoffman #lN716A)
1
18
014-007
Transistor (Q1 thru Q6) (CBS #2N438)
6
19
280-030
Spacer, transistor (Milton Ross # 100 12)
6
20
041-089
Resistor, fixed, composition, 4.7 meg, 1/2 w, 10%
(R1, R8, RIO, R17) (MIL-R-11: RC20GF47SK)
4
21
041-065
Resistor, fixed, composition, 27 k, 1/2 w, 10% (R2, R6,
R11, R1S) (MIL-R-11: RC20GF273K)
4
9-107
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-2322
041-072
Resistor, fixed, composition, 100 k, 1/2 w, 10% (R3,
R 7, R12, R16) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GFI04K)
4
23
041-038
Resistor, fixed, composition, 100 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R4, Rl3, R29, R37)
(MIL-R-ll: RC20GF 10 lK)
4
24
041-064
Resistor, fixed, composition, 22 k, 1/2 w, 10% (R5,
R14) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF223K)
2
25
041-063
Resistor, fixed, composition, 18 k, 1/2 w, 10% (R9,
R26, R39) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF183K)
3
26
041-527
Resistor, fixed, composition, 390 ohm, 2 w, 10% (R18)
(MIL-R-l1: RC42GF391K)
27
041-199
Resistor, fixed, composition, 470 ohm, 2 w, 10% (R19)
(MIL-R-ll: RC42GF471K)
28
041-052
Resistor, fixed, composition, 2200 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R20, R23, R25, R27, R30, R33, R36, R40,
R41, R43) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF222K)
29
041-001
Resistor, fixed, composition, 5100 ohm, 1/2 w, 5%
(R21, R35) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF512J)
2
30
041-056
Resistor, fixed, composition, 4700 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R22, R34) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF472K)
2
31
041-031
Resistor, fixed, composition, 1 meg, 1/2 w, 10%
(R24, R42) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GFI05K)
2
32
041-058
Resistor, fixed, composition, 6800 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R28, R38, R50, R51)
(MIL-R-ll: RC20GF682K)
4
33
041-054
Resistor, fixed, composition, 3300 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R31, R45) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF332K)
2
34
041-044
Resistor, fixed, composition, 470 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R32) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF471K)
35
041-041
Resistor, fixed, composition, 270 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R44) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF271K)
36
041-091
37
041-351
Resistor, fixed, composition, 15 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R52) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF150K)
38
31 01675 10
Transformer, pulse (T8, T9)
39
168-007
Connector, printed circuit board (Elco #5001-1913)
40
31 01674 10
Card, printed wiring
9-108
•
Resistor, fixed, composition, 4. 7 ohm, 1 w, 10%
(R46 thru R49) (Ohmite)
10
4
2
15
AMPEX
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-109
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
26
27
Figure 9-24
Servo Amplifier SA-SOO
9-110
I AMITJlEX I
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-24-
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
SERVO AMPLIFIER (SA-SOO)
31 01349 10
Servo Amplifier Assembly (SA-SOO) (See Figure 9-19)
Ref
1
431-012
Retainer, hairpin, tube (Tub-10k # 102- W -PC)
6
2
012-068
Tube, electron (VI, V2, V4, VS) (RCA, GE, Sylvania
#S7S1)
4
3
012-106
Tube, electron (V3, V6) (RCA #5814A)
2
4
150-104
Socket, tube (Elco #3906-2-2)
6
5
030-044
Capacitor, ceramic, .1 uf, 7S volt (CI0 thru C13,
CSO thru C53) (Centralab #DDA-I04)
8
6
035-337
Capacitor, tubular, .22 uf, ISO volt (C14, CIS, CS4,
CSS) (Gudeman #338Y224J)
4
7
035-315
Capacitor, tubular, .1S uf, ISO volt (C16, C17, C56,
C57) (Gude'man #337YlS4J)
4
8
030-059
Capacitor, ceramic, .02uf, SOOvolt(CS8thruC61)
(Sprague #36C205)
4
9
013-015
Diode, crystal (CRI0 thru CR13, CRSO thru CRS3)
(GE #lN91)
8
10
041-025
Resistor, fixed, composition, ISO k, 1/2 w, 5%
(RIO thru R13, R21, R28, RSO thru RS3,
R61, R68) (MIL-R-11: RC20GF154J)
12
11
042-148
Resistor, fixed, film, 3300 k, 1 w, 1% (R14, R17, R54,
R57) (MIL-R-I0509: RN25X3304F)
4
12
042-141
Resistor, fixed, film, 100 k, 1/2 w, 1% (R15, R16,
RSS, RS6) (MIL-R-I0S09: RNlSX1003F)
4
13
041-321
Resistor, fixed, composition, 200 k, 1/2 w, 5% (RI9,
R20, RS9, R60) (MIL-R-11: RC20GF204J)
4
14
042-268
Resistor, fixed, film, 1200 k, 1/2 w, 1% (R22 thru R25,
R29 thru R32, R62 thru R65, R69 thru R 72)
(MIL-R-I0509: RNlSX 1204F)
15
041-374
Resistor, fixed, composition, 240 k, 1/2 w, 5% (R26,
R27, R66, R67) (MIL-R-ll: RC20GF244J)
4
16
041-2S4
Resistor, fixed, composition, IS k, 1/2 w, 5% (R33,
R34, R73, R74) (MIL-R-11: RC20GFI53J)
4
17
042-lS6
Resistor, fixed, film, 47 k, 1/2 w, 1% (R35, R36, R38,
R39, R75, R76, R78, R79)
(MIL-R-I0S09: RNlSX4702F)
8
18
042-269
Resistor, fixed, film, 330 k, 1/2 w, 1% (R37, R40,
R77, R80) (MIL-R-I0S09: RN15X3303F)
4
19
041-017
Resistor, fixed, film, 33 k, 1/2 w, S% (R41, R81)
(MIL-R-ll: RC20GF334J)
2
•
16
9-111
TM-2 Tape Transport
~~~~~----------------------------------------------------
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-2420
042-119
Resistor, fixed, film, 1 meg, 1/2 w, 1% (R85 thru R88)
(MIL-R-I0509: RN15RI004F)
4
21
041-460
Resis'tor, fixed, composition, 56 k, 1/2 w, 5% (R89
thru R92) (MIL-R-11: RC20GF563J)
4
22
042-137
Resistor, fixed, film, 150 k, 1/2 w, 1% (R43, R44,
R83, R84) (MIL-R-I0509: RN15X1503F)
4
23
31 01677 10
Shield, potentiometer
1
24
044-284
Resistor, variable, 100 k, 1/2 w (R18, R58)
(Allen-Bradley #TSRU 1041)
2
25
044-315
Resistor, variable, 25 k, 1/2 w (R42, R82)
(Allen-Bradley # TSRU 2531)
2
26
168-007
Connector, printed circuit board (Elco #5001-1913)
27
31 01676 10
Card, printed wiring
9-112
20
1
AMPEX COMPUTER
PRODUCTS COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-113
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
Figure 9-25
Manual C antral Panel
9-114
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
9-25-
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
31 01064 10
Panel Assembly, manual control (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
1
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-25)
7
2
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35333-37)
7
3
31 01153 10
Cover, chassis
1
4
160-020
•
Shield, tube (JAN-S-28A: TSI03U03)
2
5
020-059
•
Relay, time delay, 2 second (K80 1) (Amperite #26C2T)
1
6
020-092
•
Relay, time delay, 45 second (K805)
(Amperite # 115N045T)
1
7
471-060
•
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-12)
4
8
502-024
Washer, #4 lock, int tooth, stl cad plt (MS35333-36)
4
9
492-004
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad plt (MS35649-42)
4
10
172-032
Lug, soldering (Cinch #Y141)
1
11
150-026
Socket, naval (JAN: TSI03POl)
2
12
013-139
Diode, silicon (CR801, CR802, CR807)
(Texas Inst # IN2097)
3
13
041-057
Resistor, fixed, composition, 5600 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(MIL-R-ll: RC20GF562K)
2
14
471-066
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/16 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-32)
6
15
502-025
•
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad plt (MS35333-37)
6
16
020-122
•
Relay, 24 volt coil (K803) (Philtrol #8QA-24-3C-24)
1
17
020-103
•
Relay, sealed (K802, K806) (Philtrol #8QA2Z16)
2
18
471-067
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-23)
4
19
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad plt (MS35333-37)
4
20
020-035
Relay, 24 volt DC coil (K804) (Philtrol
#33BDC-24-4C-13)
1
21
041-041
Resistor, fixed, composition, 270 ohm, 1/2 w, 10%
(R804, R805) (MIL-R-11: RC20GF271K)
2
22
041-140
Resistor, fixed, composition, 390 ohm, 1 w, 10%
(R803) (MIL-R-11: RC32GF391K)
1
•
9-115
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
OESCRI PTION
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
1234567
9-2523
582-026
Rectifier, selenium, single phase, half wave (CR802
thru CR806) (Sarkes Tarzian #20LA)
4
24
471-559
Screw, machine, 4-40 NC-2A by 3/8 in, , binder hd
slotted, stl cad pit
4
25
502-024
Washer, #4 lock, int tooth, stl cad pit (MS35333-36)
4
26
492-008
Nut, plain hex, 4-40 NC-2B, stl cad pit (MS35649-42)
4
27
130-007
Holder, rectifier (Littlefuse #099062)
4
28
471-449
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1-3/8 in"
Phillips, stl cad pIt
29
501-009
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-206)
3
30
280-010
Spacer, 3/4 in, 19, brass cad pIt (H, Smith #2108,
Birnbach # 1133)
1
31
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad pit (MS35333-37)
1
32
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B stl cad pIt (MS35649-62)
1
33
031-119
Capacitor, electrolytic, 15 uf, 75 vdc (C80 1)
(CD #NL15-75P)
1
34
302-036
Clamp, cable, 3/8 in, (Commercial Plastic #742-6)
1
35
031-118
Capacitor, electrolytic, 100 uf, 50 vdc (C804)
(Sprague #TVA13l0)
1
36
302-086
Clamp, cable, 11/16 in, (Commercial Plastic #742-11)
1
37
471-436
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 1-5/8 in"
Phillips, stl cad pit
1
38
501-009
39
pan hd
1
Washer, #6 flat, stl cad pit (MS15795-206)
3
31 01165 10
Spacer, connector
1
40
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad pit (MS35333-37)
1
41
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad pit (MS35649-62)
1
42
035-302
Capacitor, tubular, 1 uf, 600 vdc (C802)
(Gudeman #XHF2508J -10)
1
43
031-126
Capacitor, electrolytic, 250 uf, 50 vdc, (C803)
(Sprague #TV A13l2)
1
44
302-091
Clamp, cable, 1 in. (Commercial Plastic #742-16)
2
45
471-066
,
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/16 in" pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-32)
11
46
502-005
,
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad pit (MS35333-37)
11
9-116
,
pan hd
AMPEX
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
1234567
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-2547
173-003
Lug, terminal, turret, gold plt (U seco # 1417)
48
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-25)
49
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35333-37)
50
492-009
Nut, plain hex, 6-32 NC-2B, stl cad plt (MS35649-62)
51
302-049
Clamp, cable, 1/2 in. (Commercial Plastic #742-8)
52
260-011
53
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pit (MS35208-25)
4
54
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth stl cad pIt (MS35333-37)
4
55
31 01155 10
Chas sis, control panel
56
060-019
Lamp, incandescent, 28 volt, 0.04 amp (MS25237-327)
57
060-056
58
060-057
59
171-016
60
120-100
Switch, toggle, 250 volt, 20 amp, w/mounting hardware
(S806) (Arrow H & H #8042lU)
61
230-036
Knob, dial, skirted (Raytheon #2420-l05lGl)
1
62
31 01158 10
Switch, rotary, w/mounting hardware (S80l)
1
63
230-039
Knob, dial, skirted (Raytheon #2420-l08lGl)
2
64
31 01157 10
Switch, rotary, w/mounting hardware (S802)
1
65
31 01159 10
Switch, rotary, w/mounting hardware (S803)
1
66
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-40)
4
67
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
4
68
50l-0lD
Washer, #8 flat, stl cad pIt (MS15795-207)
4
69
302-049
Clamp, cable, 1/2 in. (Commercial Plastic #742-8)
1
70
471-336
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., 82° flat hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35192-25)
4
71
31 01148 10
Side Assembly, control panel, welded
•
•
11
Grommet, elastic, 11/16 in. 10 (MS35489-l9)
2
Light, indicator, green, w/mounting hardware (DS802)
(Sloan #855Sl-G-5-855-820)
Light, indicator, amber, w/mounting hardware (DS80 1)
(Sloan #855Sl-A-3-855-820)
•
•
Connector, solderles s, ring tongue, # 10 stud
(AMP #34170)
6
9-117
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
QTY. USE ~FFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
9-2572
471-069
Screw, machine, 6-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-25)
10
73
502-025
Washer, #6 lock, int tooth, st1 cad pIt (MS35333-37)
10
74
31 01151 10
Bracket, control
1
75
31 01161 10
Bracket
1
76
31 01378 10
Cable As s emb1y (CU800)
1
77
145-128
Connector, plug, male, 50 contact (P303)
(Cannon #RLK-A50-22C-1)
1
78
262-006
Bushing, telescoping (AN3420-12)
I
79
262-007
Bushing, telescoping (AN3420-16)
I
80
31 01145 10
9 -118
.
Panel Assembly, control, welded
1
AMPEX
COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
This page intentionally left blank.
9-119
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
'-------(0
--Q)
19
Figure 9-26
Cabinet and Dolly Assemblies
9-120
AMPEX
FIG .8
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
COMPUTER
DESCRI PTION
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCTS
COMPANY
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE ON THRU
CABINET AND DOLLY ASSEMBLIES
9-2631 01073 10
Cabinet Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
1
471-076
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 1/4 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad plt (MS35208-38)
4
2
502-026
Washer, #8 lock, int tooth, stl cad pIt (MS35338-38)
4
31 01175 10
Fan Assembly
1
3
471-078
Screw, machine, 8-32 NC-2A by 3/8 in., pan hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35208-40)
5
4
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
5
5
492-010
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, stl cad plt (MS35649-82)
5
6
171-001
Connector, solderless, slotted tongue, #6 (AMP
# 34541)
2
7
591-031
Fan, blower (Kooltronic #KB800B)
1
8
492-010
Nut, plain hex, 8-32 NC-2B, stl cad plt (MS35649-82)
5
9
502-004
Washer, #8 spring lock, stl cad plt (MS35338-42)
5
10
591-033
Sleeve, fan (Kooltronic #800M)
1
11
591-034
Grille, fan (Koo1tronic #800X)
1
12
3101405 10
Cover, vent
1
13
370-022
Filter, air (Air-Maze #P61A)
1
14
310117210
Door Assembly
1
15
471-334
Screw, machine, 6-32 by 1/4 in" 82° flat hd
Phillips, stl cad pIt (MS35192-23)
2
16
31 01400 10
Retainer, spring
1
17
31 00566 10
Spring, door
1
18
31 00564 10
Pin Assembly, door
1
19
311-043
Latch, flush (Hartwell #H4700-C064-125)
2
20
476-002
Screw, self-tapping, 6-32 by 1/4 in., pan hd Phillips,
stl cad plt (Parker-Kalon)
8
21
31 01174 10
Cover
1
22
471-865
Screw, machine, 10-24 by 5/8 in., pan hd Phillips, stl
cad pIt
6
23
501-011
Washer, # 10 flat, stl cad plt (MS15795-208)
6
9-121
TM-2 Tape Transport
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
FIG.S
INDEX
NO.
AMPEX
PART NO.
DESCRI PTION
1234567
QTY. USE EFFECTIVE
PER ON
ASSY. CODE 0 N TH RU
9-2624
497-028
Speednut, U type, 10-24 screw size, zinc chromate stl
(Tinnerman #C710-632-67)
6
25
3101173 10
Panel, outlet
1
26
251-028
.Button, plug (United Carr #48175)
4
27
3101171 10
Cabinet Assembly, weldment.
1
31 01084 10
Dolly Assembly (See Figure 9-2)
Ref
28
480-032
BoIt, 7/16-14 NC-2A by 1-1/2 in., hex hd, stl cad pIt
(Sloss and Brittan)
4
29
501-098
Washer, flat, 15/32 in. ID, 15/16 in. OD, 1/16 in. thk,
stl cad pIt
8
30
502-084
Washer, 7/16 spring lock, stl cad pIt (MS35337-47)
4
31
492-051
Nut, plain hex, 7/16-14 NC-2B, stl cad pIt
4
32
480-033
BoIt, 3/8-16 NC-2A by 5/8 in., hex hd, stl cad pIt
(Sloss and Brittan)
16
33
502-047
Washer, 3/8 lock, int tooth, sst, passivated
(MS35333-76)
16
34
501-102
Washer, 3/8 flat, stl cad pIt
16
35
495-034
Insert, 3/8-16 by 3/8 in., sst (Heli-Coil
# 1185-6CNX .375)
16
36
082-004
Caster, swivel (Bassick #H-4999-2)
2
37
082-005
Caster, rigid (Bassick #H-4989..;2)
2
38
269-104
Mat, fine line, gray, 36 in. w (Golden State # 103)
39
31 01210 10
Casting, dolly
9-122
A/R
1
TM-2
SPARE PARTS LIST
NOTE:
*
QTY
All fractional quantities should be
rounded off to the nearest whole number.
Refer to last page
PART
NUMBER
1
ONE/
SITE
2
3
DESCRIPTION
4 5 6
REFERENCE.
Head Assembly
1
60701-1
1
60976-1
· Guide Assembly,
· · Spring
· · Ring, guide
·
Guide Assembly, ceramic
1
310202810
· ·
spring
i
310349710
· ·
Ring, guide
ONE/
SITE
metal
Head Cable & Box Assembly
Photosense Assembly
ONE/
SITE
310193010
·
Head Assembly
ONE/
SITE
310120910
·
Cable Assembly
1
013-145
·
Diode, zener, 10V, 3W
1
013-146
·
Diode, zener, 12V, 3W
1
013-156
Diode, zener, 6V, 3W
.5
310050810
·
·
Packet Assy, Schmidt
Trigger
*
1
QTY
PART
NUMBER
1
2
3
4
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
5 6
.5
310171210
Packet Assy, Output driver
*
.5
310068810
Packet Assy, Relay driver
*
.5
310028910
Card Assy, PS to 6V
.5
310028810
Card Assy, PS to -10V
.5
310028710
Card Assy, PS, +12V
.5
310057710
Packet Assy, Phantastron
*
.5
310050710
Packet, Assy, DC Amp
*
Vacuum Blower Assembly
1
3100153410
Motor, vacuum
.25
310074710
Housing Assy, Vacuum Motor
NOTE:
Above items needed for
quick replacement of
vacuum motor assembly.
1
310015310
Gasket
4
650-154
Brushes, Vacuum Motor
1
169-049
Connector, Plug, Chassis
4
169-019
Connector, Contact, Pin
310103510
2
Retainer Assy, Reel NARTB
.5
310104010
Handle, Reel retainer
.5
310147710
Spring, Helical
.5
310146810
Spring, Helical
.5
310147610
Screw, Cap
Under Handle
QTY
PART
NUMBER
1
2
3
4
DESCRIPTION
5 6
.5
310147410
Nut, Plain
.5
310147510
Washer, Thrust
.5
406-024
Pin, roll, centering
1
474-044
Pin, V1ier
3
420-020
Bearing, Ball
.25
310147310
Tire, Reel Retainer
.5
310146710
Pin, Straight Headless
.5
310146910
Spring, Helical
.5
310147010
Washer, Spring, Compression
REFERENCE
Nearest Motor
Servo Control ASsy
TWO/
SITE
310153710
Switch, Differential,
Vacuum
2
310153610
Transducer, Differential
Vacuum
Oscillator & Housing
.25
310126510
Oscillator ASsy
2
012-065
Tube, 12BH7
2
012-108
Tube, 12AX7
osc
700
Reel Brakes
.25
310010610
Shoe, reel brake
Upper or
Lower
.25
310123310
Solenoid & Cable ASsy
Upper or
Lower
3
QTY
PART
NUMBER
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
4
5 6
REFERENCE
Vacuum Chambers
310130210
·
Chamber Assy, 1/2 11
1
310150110
·
Buffer Spring Guide
w/outboard
support
1
65395-2
·
Buffer Spring Guide
w/o outboard
support
310125510
Chamber Assy, 111
1
310149110
·
Buffer Spring Guide
w/outboard
support
1
65395-1
·
Buffer Spring Guide
w/o outboard
support
4
310152010
Bearing, roller guide
2
506-017
Washer, Shakeproof
.5
310151210
Sleeve, roller guide, 1/2 11
.5
310151110
Sleeve, roller guide, 111
1
310151910
Shaft, roller guide, 1/2 11
1
310151810
·
·
·
Tape, pressure
sensitive, 111
ONE/
SITE
ONE/
SITE
1
roll
225-061
-
Shaft, roller guide, 1"
Back of
chamber
Precision Plate ASsy
2
310155510
·
Actuator Assy, pinch roller
2
310158610
·
Screw cap 8-32 X
2
310155810
·
Bushing Assy, rubber
4
2~1I
Brake Post Mtg.
Actuator
Support
QTY
PART
NUMBER
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
4 5 6
REFERENCE
Belt tension
arm assy
.5
164839-03
Bearing, ball
.5
310155410
Capstan ASsy
1
310155710
Capstan Roller ASsy Fwd
Late Model
1
310155610
Capstan Roller Assy, Rev.
Late Model
6
310176514
Molded Rubber ASsy
Includes shaft
& Bearings
1
310252410
Capstan Roller ASsy Fwd.
Used on earlier
models
1
310252510
Capstan Roller ASsy Rev.
Used on earlier
models
6
310011914
Molded Rubber ASsy
Includes shaft
& bearings
.25
310124310
Hold Down Knob Assy, IBM
3
310034210
Knob
1
310090010
Latch Ring
3
470-093
Screw Hex Nut
Hdk Mtg.
3
501-017
Washer, flat
Hdk Mtg.
Ampex Gray
positive Pressure Blower ASsy
.25
591-028
Blower Motor
2
370;...018
Filter, cabinet mtg.
. 25
310153310
Filter, transport mtg •
Power Supply Assy, PS 100
2
015-013
Tube C3J
5
QTY
PART
NUMBER
~
1
2
DESCRIPTION
3 4 5 6
REFERENCE
.25
020-006
·
Relay
Actuator Overload
1
040-023
·
Resistor, 150 ohm, 25w
Actuator Overload
4
013-198
·
Diode IN2071
Servo Power Supply, PS 200
4
ONE/
SITE
015-012
310166410
·
·
Tube, CIK
Bias Board Assy
Chassis Assy, CC300
ONE/
SITE
126-019
·
Circuit Breaker, 15 AMP
TWO/
SITE
126-016
·
Circuit Breaker, 25 AMP
1
126-012
· .
4
070-008
·
310406110
Actuator Board Assy, AC400
310134610
Older models
8
012-036
.5
310167510
·
·
ONE/
SITE
310134910
Servo Amp Board Assy, SA-500
4
012-068
1
Tube, 5751
2
012-106
·
Tube, 5814A
310192810
Servo Amp Board Assy.
ONE/
SITE
ONE/
SITE
6
117VAC Line
Handle Kit
Fuse, 6 amp, fast blow
F301
Tube, 5727
Transformer, pulse
Adjustable
Non Adjustable
QTY
PART
NUMBER
4
012-068
2
012-106
DESCRIPTION
4
5 6
1
2
·
·
Tube, 5751
3
REFERENCE
Tube, 5814A
Manual Control Panel
.5
020-059
.5
020-092
·
·
Relay, 2 sec
K801
Relay, 45 sec
K805
310126810
Motor Assy, reel
1
081-019
·
Belt, 34" capstan drive
Drive motor
1to1.5 ratio
1
081-014
·
Belt, 35" capstan drive
Drive motor
1 to 2 Ratio
·
Minor Hardware Kit
1 transport/
4 years.
ONE/
SITE
The quantities indicated are designed to support one
transport operating one shift for one year.
*
All of these cards are not needed for anyone assy ..
Choose only those which match your system.
7
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.31 Paper Capture Plug-in Modify Date : 2010:03:20 20:51:23-08:00 Create Date : 2010:03:20 20:51:23-08:00 Metadata Date : 2010:03:20 20:51:23-08:00 Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:3938d829-ed1a-48e7-8f57-5cad813976d0 Instance ID : uuid:51795fe2-5c85-4505-9bd5-275e6f0bb97b Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 283EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools